Bibliography for PHALANGERIDA

• [Ogilby, W.] 1836. Anonymous untitled abstract of presentation by W. Ogilby. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1836: 25-28
• Abensperg-Traun, M. & Steven, D. 1997. Ant- and termite-eating in Australian mammals and lizards: A comparison. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 9-17
• ABRS 2001. Census of Australian Vertebrates. Australian Biological Resources Study.
• Agar, N.S. & Godwin, I.R. 1991. Red cell metabolism in brown antechinus, the bilby and the rufous hare-wallaby. Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 681-687
• Aitken, P.F. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. V. Mammals. Records of the South Australian Museum (Adelaide) 17: 197-202
• Aitken, P.F., Burbidge, A.A., Johnson, K.A. & Fuller, P.J. 1995. Central Hare-wallaby Lagorchestes asomatus. pp. 311-312 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Aitkin, L.M. & Gates, G.R. 1983. Connections of the auditory cortex of the brush-tailed possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Brain, Behavior and Evolution 22: 75-88
• Alcorn, G.T. 1983. Germ cell development in female pouch young of the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 67: 319-325
• Alexander, W.B. 1919. A new species of marsupial of the subfamily Phalangerinae. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 4: 31-36
• Algar, D., Arnold, G.W. & Grassia, A. 1988. Effects of nitrogen and season on western grey kangaroo hematology. Journal of Wildlife Management 52: 616-619
• Andrew, M.H. & Lange, R.T. 1986. The spatial distributions of sympatric populations of kangaroos and sheep: examples of dissociation between these species. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 367-373
• Anon. 1839. [No title]. 454 in Knight, C. (ed.). Penny Cyclopaedia. London : Publisher unknown Vol. 14.
• Anonymous 1818. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, appliquée aux arts, à l'agriculture, à l'économie rurale et domestique, à la médecine etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouvelle edition presqu’entièrement refondue et considérarablement augmentée; avec des figures tirées des trois règnes de la nature. Paris : Deterville Vol. 25. [Date published 26 Dec. 1818]
• Aplin, K.P. & Archer, M. 1987. Recent advances in marsupial systematics with a new syncretic classification. pp. xv-lxxii in Archer, M. (ed.). Possums and Opossums: studies in evolution. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 2 vols lxxii 788 pp.
• Aplin, K.P. in Aplin, K.P. & Archer, M. 1987. Acrobatidae. xxii in Archer, M. (ed.). Possums and Opossums: studies in evolution. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 2 vols lxxii 788 pp.
• Arbogast, B., Aplin, K., Armstrong, K., Ogawa, L. & Taylor, A. 2011. Cryptic diversity in an iconic Australian marsupial: the greater glider, Petauroides volans. Joint Meeting of the 57th Scientific Meeting of the Australian Mammal Society with the 91st Annual Meeting of the American Society of Mammalogists. Portland State University, Oregon. USA. 24–28 June 2011 (2011). pp.
• Archer, M. 1984. The Australian marsupial radiation. pp. 633-808 in Archer, M. & Clayton, G. (eds). Vertebrate Zoogeography & Evolution in Australasia — Animals in Space & Time. Carlisle : Hesperian Press.
• Armati-Gulson, P. & Lowe, J. 1984. The development of the reproductive system of the common Ringtail Possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Mammalogy 7: 75-88
• Arnold, G.W., Grassia, A., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1991. Population ecology of western grey kangaroos in a remnant of wandoo woodland at Baker's Hill, southern Western Australia. Wildlife Research 18: 561-575
• Arnold, G.W., Lecrivain, E., Johnson, K.G. & Grassia, A. 1988. Effects of weather conditions in summer on the maintenance of western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 129-138
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D., Weeldenburg, J. & Brown, O.E. 1986. The use of alpha-chloralose for the repeated capture of western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 527-533
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E., Grassia, A. & Weeldenburg, J. 1992. Home range size and fidelity of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) living in remnants of wandoo woodland and adjacent farmland. Wildlife Research 19: 137-145
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E., Weeldenburg, J.R. & Smith, E.A. 1993. Influences of remnant size, spacing pattern and connectivity on population boundaries and demography in euros Macropus robustus living in a fragmented landscape. Biological Conservation 64: 219-230
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Grassia, A. 1990. Associations between individuals and classes in groups of different size in a population of western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 551-562
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1989. The effect of daylength and weather conditions on the time spent by western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) on farmland. Applied Animal Behaviour Science 24: 353-360
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1989. The use of surrounding farmland by western grey kangaroos living in a remnant of wandoo woodland and their impact on crop production. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 85-93
• Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1994. Comparative ecology of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) and euros (M. robustus erubescens) in Durokoppin Nature Reserve, isolated in the central wheatbelt of Western Australia. Wildlife Research 21: 307-322
• Arnold, G.W., Weeldenburg, J.R. & Ng, V.M. 1995. Factors affecting the distribution and abundance of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) and euros (M. robustus) in a fragmented landscape. Landscape Ecology 10: 65-74
• Arundel, J.H., Dempster, K.J., Harrigan, K.E. & Black, R. 1990. Epidemiological observations on the helminth parasites of Macropus giganteus Shaw in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 39-51
• Ashwell, K.W.S., Marotte, L.R., Li, Lixin & Waite, P.M.E. 1996. Anterior commissure of the wallaby (Macropus eugenii): Adult morphology and development. Journal of Comparative Neurology 366: 478-494
• Atherton, R.G. & Haffenden, A.T. 1982. Observations on the reproduction and growth of the long-tailed pygmy possum, Cercartetus caudatus (Marsupialia, Burramyidae), in captivity. Australian Mammalogy 5: 253-259
• Atherton, R.G. & Haffenden, A.T. 1995. Long-tailed Pygmy-possum Cercartetus caudatus. pp. 211-212 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Augee, M.L., Smith, B. & Rose, S. 1996. Survival of wild and hand-reared ringtail possums (Pseudocheirus peregrinus) in bushland near Sydney. Wildlife Research 23: 99-108
• Bailey, P. & Best, L.A. 1992. A red kangaroo, Macropus rufus, recovered 25 years after marking in north-western New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 15: 141
• Baker, M.L., Canfield, P.J., Gemmell, R.T., Spencer, P.B.S. & Agar, N.S. 1995. Erythrocyte metabolism in the koala, the common brushtail possum and the whiptail wallaby. Comparative Haematology International 5: 163-169
• Baker, M.W. de C. & Croft, D.B. 1993. Vocal communication between the mother and young of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus, and the red kangaroo, M. rufus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 257-272
• Baker, S.J. 1990. Escaped exotic mammals in Britain. Mammal Review 20: 75-96
• Bakker, H.R., Bradshaw, S.D. & Main, A.R. 1982. Water and electrolyte metabolism of the tammar wallaby Macropus eugenii. Physiological Zoology 55: 209-219
• Bakker, H.R. & Bradshaw, S.D. 1983. Renal function in the spectacled hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes conspicillatus: effects of dehydration and protein deficiency. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 101-108
• Bakker, H.R. & Bradshaw, S.D. 1989. Rate of water turnover and electrolyte balance of an arid-zone marsupial, the spectacled hare-wallaby (Lagorchestes conspicillatus) on Barrow Island. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 92(A): 521-529
• Ball, T., Adams, E. & Goldingay, R.L. 2009. Diet of the squirrel glider in a fragmented landscape near Mackay, central Queensland. Australian Journal of Zoology 57(5): 295-304
• Barker, R.D. & Caughley, G. 1990. Distribution and abundance of kangaroos (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) at the time of European contact: Tasmania. Australian Mammalogy 13: 157-166
• Barker, R.D. & Caughley, G. 1994. The distribution and abundance of kangaroos (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 17: 73-84
• Barker, S.C. 1990. Behaviour and social organisation of the allied rock-wallaby Petrogale assimilis, Ramsey, 1877 (Marsupialia: Macropodoidea). Australian Wildlife Research 17: 301-311
• Barlow, N.D. 1994. Predicting the effect of a novel vertebrate biocontrol agent - a model for viral vectored immunocontraception of New Zealand possums. Journal of Applied Ecology 31: 454-462
• Bartholomai, A. 1975. The genus Macropus Shaw (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the Cainozoic deposits of Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 17: 195-235
• Bass, D.A. 1990. Dispersal of an introduced shrub (Crataegus monogyna) by the brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Australian Journal of Ecology 15: 227-229
• Baudinette, R.V. 1994. Locomotion in macropodoid marsupials: gaits, energetics and heat balance. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 103-124
• Baudinette, R.V., Gannon, B.J., Runciman, W.B. & Wells, W.B. 1987. Do cardiorespiratory frequencies show entrainment with hopping in the tammar wallaby? Journal of Experimental Biology 129: 251-264
• Baverstock, P., Kreig, M. & Birrell, J. 1990. Evolutionary relationships of Australian marsupials as assessed by albumin immunology. pp. 131-145 in Marshall Graves, J.A., Hope, R.M. & Cooper, D.W. (eds). Mammals from pouches and eggs. Genetics, breeding and evolution of marsupials and monotremes. Melbourne : CSIRO.
• Baverstock, P.R. 1984. The molecular relationships of Australasian possums and gliders. pp. 1-8 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Baverstock, P.R., Kreig, M., Birrell, J. & McKay, G.N. 1990. Albumin immunologic relationships of Australian marsupials II. The Pseudocheiridae. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 519-526
• Bayliss, P. 1985. The population dynamics of red and western grey kangaroos in arid New South Wales, Australia, II. The numeric response function. Journal of Animal Ecology 54: 127-135
• Bayliss, P. 1985. The population dynamics of red and western grey kangaroos in arid New South Wales, Australia. I. Population trends and rainfall. Journal of Animal Ecology 54: 111-125
• Beal, A.M. 1986. Responsiveness of the parotid salivary gland of red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) to mineralocorticoids. Journal of Experimental Biology 120: 309-324
• Beaufort, F. de 1966. Catalogue des types des mammifères du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. VI Monotremata. VII Marsupialia. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris [published 1907-1971] 2 38(5): 509-553
• Beazley, L.D. & Dunlop, S.A. 1983. The evolution of an area centralis and visual streak in the marsupial Setonix brachyurus. Journal of Comparative Neurology 216: 211-231
• Bechstein, J.M. 1800. Thomas Pennant's allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfüssigen Thiere.Aus dem englischen übersetzt aud mit Anmerkungen und Zusätzen versehen von J.M. Bechstein. Weimar : Industrie-Comptoir's Vol. 2 xi 323-768 pls 35-54.
• Beetham, P., Kiely, J., MacKenzie, J., Vaartjes, S. & Pennell, A.L. 1987. Diet analysis of the western grey kangaroo (Macropus fuliginosus) in Wyperfeld National Park by microscopic faecal analysis. Victorian Naturalist 104: 32-38
• Begg, M., Beveridge, I., Chilton, N.B., Johnson, P.M. & O'Callaghan, M.G. 1995. Parasites of the Proserpine rock wallaby, Petrogale persephone (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 18: 45-53
• Bell, D.T., Moredoundt, J.C. & Loneragan, W.A. 1987. Grazing pressure by the tammar (Macropus eugenii Desm.) on the vegetation of Garden Island, Western Australia, and the potential impact on food reserves of a controlled burning regime. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 69: 89-94
• Bell, H.M. 1973. The ecology of three macropod marsupial species in an open forest and savannah woodland in north Queensland, Australia. Mammalia 37: 527-544
• Bell, M.J. & Bell, T.J. 1997. Use of Lophostemon confertus as a sap-feed tree by yellow-bellied gliders, Petaurus australis, on the mid north coast of New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 1997: 103-106
• Bell, T. 1828. Description of a new species of Phalangista. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 16: 121-127
• Bennett, A.F. 1993. Microhabitat use by the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus and other small mammals in remnant forest vegetation of south-western Victoria. Wildlife Research 20: 267-285
• Bennett, A.F. & Baxter, B.J. 1989. Diet of the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Marsupialia: Potoroidae), in south-western Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 263-271
• Bennett, E.T. 1835. On a new species of kangaroo. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1834: 151-152
• Bennett, G. 1837. A Catalogue of the Specimens of Natural History and Miscellaneous Curiosities, Deposited in the Australian Museum. Sydney : Australian Museum 71 pp.
• Berthold, A.A. 1827. Latreille's Natürliche Familien des Thierreichs. Aus dem Franzosischen, mit Anmerkungen und Zusützen. Weimar : Verlage Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs Vol. x xiii, 606 pp.
• Biggins, J.G. 1984. Communication in possums: a review. pp. 35-57 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Bladon, R.V., Dickman, C.R. & Hume, I.D. 2002. Effects of habitat fragmentation on the demography, movements and social organisation of the eastern pygmy possum (Cercartetus nanus) in northern New South Wales. Wildlife Research 29: 105-116
• Bleistein, S., Horsup, A. & Ganslosser, U. 1994. Border conflicts among territorial rock wallabies (Petrogale assimilis). Aggressive Behavior 20: 325-333
• Blyth, E. 1859. [Title unknown]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 27: 276
• Boddaert, P. 1785. Elenchus Animalium. Vol. I. Sistens Quadrupedia eorumque varietates. Rotterdam : C.R. Hake.
• Boitard, [P.] 1841. Le Jardin des Plantes. Description et Moeurs des Mammifères de la Ménagerie et du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle Précédé d'une Introduction Historique, Descriptive et Pittoresque par M.J. Janin. Paris : J.J. Dubochet et Ce lxvi lxvi, 472 pp. [dated 1842 = August 1841; publication date established from Sherborn, C.D. 1922. Index Animalium sive index nominum quae ab A.D. MDCCLVIII generibus et speciebus animalium imposita sunt. Sectio secunda a kalendis Ianuariis, MDCCCI usque ad finem Decembris, MDCCCL. Part 1. Introduction, bibliography and index A-Aff. 1801–1850. London : British Museum cxxxi 128 pp. [xxvi]]
• Bolton, B.L., Newsome, A.E. & Merchant, J.C. 1982. Reproduction in the agile wallaby Macropus agilis (Gould) in the tropical lowlands of the Northern Territory: opportunism in a seasonal environment. Australian Journal of Ecology 7: 261-277
• Bolton, B.L., Newsome, A.E. & Merchant, J.C. 1985. Reproduction in the agile wallaby: opportunistic breeding in a seasonal environment. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 73-79
• Bolton, B.L. & Latz, P.K. 1978. The western hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus (Gould) (Macropodidae), in the Tanami Desert. Australian Wildlife Research 5: 285-293
• Bowen, M. & Goldingay, R.L. 2000. Distribution and status of the eastern pygmy possum (Cercartetus nanus) in New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 21: 153-164
• Bower, J.C., Newell, G.R. & Eldridge, M.D.B. 2002. Genetic effects of habitat contraction on Lumholtz's tree kangaroo (Dendrolagus lumholtzi) in the Australian Wet Tropics. Conservation Genetics 3: 61-69
• Bradley, A.J. & Stoddart, D.M. 1993. The dorsal paracloacal gland and its relationship with seasonal changes in cutaneous scent gland morphology and plasma androgen in the marsupial sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps: Marsupialia: Petauridae). Journal of Zoology, London 229: 331-346
• Bradshaw, S.D. 1983. Recent endocrinological research on the Rottnest Island quokka (Setonix brachyurus). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 66: 55-61
• Bradshaw, S.D., Morris, K.D. & Bradshaw, F.J. 2001. Water and electrolyte homeostasis and kidney function of desert-dwelling marsupial wallabies in Western Australia. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 171: 23-32
• Braithwaite, L.W., Binns, D.L. & Nowlan, R.D. 1988. The distribution of arboreal marsupials in relation to eucalypt forest types in the Eden (NSW) Woodchip Concession Area. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 363-373
• Braithwaite, R.W. 1989. Shelter selection by a small mammal community in the wet-dry tropics of Australia. Australian Mammalogy 12: 55-59
• Bridie, A., Hume, I.D. & Hill, D.M. 1994. Digestive-tract function and energy requirements of the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 761-764
• Brinklow, B.R. & Loudon, A.S.I. 1993. Evidence for a circannual rhythm of reproduction and prolactin secretion in a seasonally breeding macropodid marsupial, the Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 98: 625-630
• Briscoe, D.A., Calaby, J.H., Close, R.L., Maynes, G.M., Murtagh, C.E. & Sharman, G.B. 1982. Isolation, introgression and genetic variation in rock-wallabies. pp. 73-87 in Groves, R.H. & Ride, W.D.L (eds). Species at Risk: Research in Australia. Proceedings of a symposium on the biology of rare and endangered species in Australia, sponsored by the Australian Academy of Science and held in Canberra, 25 and 26 November 1981. Canberra : Australian Academy of Science.
• Brockie, R.E. 1982. Effect of commercial hunters on the number of possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, in the Orongorongo Valley, Wellington. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 5: 21-28
• Brockie, R.E., Herritty, P.J., Ward, G.D. & Fairweather, A.A.C. 1989. A population study of Hawkes Bay farmland possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. DSIR Ecology Division Report No. 26. 43 pp.
• Broom, R. 1896. On a small fossil marsupial with large grooved premolars. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 10: 563-567 [31 Jan.1896]
• Broome, L.S. 1995. Mountain Pygmy-possum Burramys parvus. pp. 208-210 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Broome, L.S. & Geiser, F. 1995. Hibernation in free-living mountain pygmy-possums, Burramys parvus (Marsupialia, Burramyidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 373-379
• Broome, L.S. & Mansergh, I.M. 1989. The mountain pygmy possum Burramys parvus (Broom) an alpine endemic. pp. 241-264 in Good, R. (ed.). The scientific significance of the Australian Alps. Canberra : Australian Alps National Parks Liaison Committee.
• Bryant, S.L. 1989. Growth, development and breeding pattern of the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Kerr, 1792) in Tasmania. pp. 449-456 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Bryant, S.L. & Rose, R.W. 1986. Growth and role of the corpus luteum throughout delayed gestation in the potoroo, Potorous tridactylus. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 76: 409-414
• Bulinski, J., Goldney, D. & Bauer, J. 1997. The habitat utilisation and social behaviour of captive rock-wallabies: implications for management. Australian Mammalogy 19: 191-198
• Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Burrowing Bettong Bettongia lesueur. pp. 289-291 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Crescent Nailtail Wallaby Onychogalea lunata. pp. 359-360 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Scaly-tailed Possum Wyulda squamicaudata. pp. 276-277 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Burbidge, A.A., Johnson, K.A., Fuller, P.J. & Southgate, R. 1988. Aboriginal knowledge of the mammals of the central deserts of Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 9-39
• Burbidge, A.A. & Fuller, P.J. 1990. On the vernacular name of Petrogale burbidgei. Records of the Western Australian Museum 14: 645-646
• Burbidge, A.A. & Johnson, P.M. 1995. Spectacled Hare-wallaby Lagorchestes conspicillatus. pp. 313-315 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Burmeister, C.H.C. 1837. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen. II. Zoologie. Berlin pp. 369-858.
• Butler, W.H. & Merrilees, D. 1971. Remains of Potorous platyops (Marsupialia, Macropodidae) and other mammals from Bremer Bay, Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 54: 53-58
• Cadzow, B. & Carthew, S.M. 2004. The importance of two species of Banksia in the diet of the western pygmy-possum Cercartetus concinnus and the little pygmy-possum Cercartetus lepidus in South Australia. pp. 246-253 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Cahn, P. 1906. Eine neue Form des Roten Riesenkänguruh (Macropus occidentalis). Zoologischer Beobachter 47: 381
• Cahn, P. 1907. Zoologische Beobachter der Zoologische Garten. 48. pp. 3-4
• Cairn, E.J. & Grant, R. 1890. Report of a collecting trip to north-eastern Queensland during April to September, 1889. Records of the Australian Museum 1: 27-31
• Cairns, S.C., Grigg, G.C., Beard, L.A., Pople, A.R. & Alexander, P. 2000. Western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus, in the South Australian pastoral zone: populations at the edge of their range. Wildlife Research 27: 309-318
• Cairns, S.C., Pople, A.R. & Grigg, G.C. 1991. Density, distributions and habitat associations of red kangaroos, Macropus rufus, and western grey kangaroos, M. fuliginosus in South Australian pastoral zone. Wildlife Research 18: 377-402
• Cairns, S.C. & Grigg, G.C. 1993. Population dynamics of red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) in relation to rainfall in the South Australian pastoral zone. Journal of Applied Ecology 30: 444-458
• Calaby, J. 1971. The current status of Australian Macropodidae. Australian Zoologist 16: 17–29
• Calaby, J. & Richardson, B.J. 1988. Mammalia. In Walton, D.W. (ed.) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Volume 5. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 5 x, 274 pp. [Date published 13-Apr-88]
• Calaby, J.H. 1954. Comments on Gilbert's note-book on marsupials. Western Australian Naturalist 4: 147-148
• Calaby, J.H. 1995. Antilopine Wallaroo Macropus antilopinus. pp. 324-325 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Calaby, J.H. 1995. Black Wallaroo Macropus bernardus. pp. 326-327 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Calaby, J.H. 1995. Red-necked Wallaby Macropus rufogriseus. pp. 350-352 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Caley, P., Spencer, N.J., Cloe, R.A. & Efford, M.G. 1998. The effect of manipulating population density on the probability of den sharing among common brushtail possums, and implications for transmission of bovine tuberculosis. Wildlife Research 25: 383-392
• Call, R.N. & Janssens, P.A. 1984. Hypertrophied adrenocortical tissue of the Australian brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula): uniformity during reproduction. Journal of Endocrinology 101: 263-267
• Callister, D.J. 1991. A review of the Tasmanian brushtail possum industry. Traffic Bulletin 161: 611-619
• Campeau-Péloquin, A., Kirsch, J.A.W., Eldridge, M.D.B. & Lapointe, F-J. 2001. Phylogeny of the rock-wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) based on DNA/DNA hybridisation. Australian Journal of Zoology 49: 463-486
• Carlsson, A. 1915. Zur Morphologie des Hypsiprymnodon moschatus. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52(6): 1-48
• Carr, S.G. &Robinson, A.C. 1997. The present status and distribution of the desert rat-kangaroo Caloprymnus campestris (Marsupialia: Potoroidae). South Australian Naturalist 72(1-2): 4-27
• Carthew, S.M. 1994. Foraging behaviour of marsupial pollinators in a population of Banksia spinulosa. Oikos 69: 133-139
• Caughley, G., Brown, B., Dostine, P. & Grice, D. 1984. The grey kangaroo overlap zone. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 1-10
• Caughley, G., Brown, B. & Noble, J. 1985. Movement of kangaroos after a fire in mallee woodland. Australian Wildlife Research 12: 349-353
• Caughley, G., Shepherd, N. & Short, J. (eds) 1987. Kangaroos: Their ecology and management in the sheep rangelands of Australia. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press 253 pp.
• Caughley, G. & Grigg, G.C. 1982. Numbers and distribution of kangaroos in the Queensland pastoral zone. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 365-371
• Caughley, J. 1986. Distribution and abundance of the mountain pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus Broom, in the Kosciusko National Park. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 507-516
• Caughley, J. 1986. Distribution and abundance of the pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus Broom, in Kosciusko National Park. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 507-516
• Celik, M., Cascini, M., Haouchar, D., van der Burg, C., Dodt, W., Evans, A.R., Prentis, P., Bunce, M., Fruciano, C. & Phillips, M.J. 2019. A molecular and morphometric assessment of the systematics of the Macropus complex clarifies the tempo and mode of kangaroo evolution. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 186: 793-812
• Chapman, A. & Newbey, K.R. 1995. A vertebrate fauna survey and some notes on the vegetation of the Ravensthorpe Range, Western Australia. CALMScience 1: 465-508
• Chauvet, M.T., Coline, T., Hurpet, D. Chauvet, J. & Acher, R. 1983. Marsupial neurohypophysial hormones: identification of mesotocin, lysine vasopressin, and phenypressin in the quokka wallaby. General and Comparative Endocrinology 51: 309-315
• Chilcott, M. & Hume, I.D. 1984. Digestion of Eucalyptus andrewsii foliage by the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus. Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 605-613
• Chilcott, M. & Hume, I.D. 1984. Nitrogen and ures metabolism and nitrogen requirements of the common ringtail possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus, fed Eucalyptus andrewsii foliage. Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 615-622
• Chilcott, M.J. 1984. Coprophagy in the common Ringtail Possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Mammalogy 7: 107-110
• Chilcott, M.J., Moore, S.A. & Hume, I.D. 1985. Effects of water restriction on nitrogen metabolism and urea recycling in the macropodid marsupials Macropus eugenii (tammar wallaby) and Thylogale thetis (red-necked pademelon). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 155: 759-767
• Chilcott, M.J. & Hume, I.D. 1985. Coprophagy and selective retention of fluid digesta: their role in the nutrition of the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus. Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 1-15
• Christensen, P. 1995. Brush-tailed Bettong Bettongia penicillata. pp. 292-293 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Christensen, P. 1995. Western Brush Wallaby Macropus irma. pp. 341-342 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Christensen, P. & Burrows, N. 1995. Project Desert dreaming: the reintroduction of mammals to the Gibson Desert. pp. 199-207 in Serena, M. (ed.). Reintroduction biology of Australian and New Zealand fauna. Chipping Norton : Surrey Beatty.
• Christensen, P.E.S. 1980. The biology of Bettongia penicillata Gray, 1837, and Macropus eugenii (Desmarest, 1817) in relation to fire. Forests Dept. West. Aust. Bull. No. 91 . ix 90 pp.
• Christensen, P.E.S. & Leftwich, T. 1980. Observations on the nest-building behaviour of the brush-tailed rat-kangaroo or woylie (Bettongia penicillata). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 63: 33-38
• Churchill, S. 1997. Habitat use, distribution and conservation status of the nabarlek, P. concinna, and sympatric rock-dwelling mammals, in the Northern Territory. Australian Mammalogy 19: 297-308
• Clancy, J.H. & Croft, D.B. 1989. Space-use patterns of the common wallaroo Macropus robustus erubescens in the arid zone. pp. 603-609 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Clancy, T.F. & Close, R.L. 1997. Queensland rock-wallabies - An overview of their conservation status, threats and management. Australian Mammalogy 19: 169-174
• Clancy, T.F. & Croft, D.B. 1990. Home range of the common wallaroo, Macropus robustus erubescens in far western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 659-673
• Clancy, T.F. & Croft, D.F. 1992. Population dynamics of the common wallaroo (Macropus robustus erubescens) in arid New South Wales. Wildlife Research 19: 1-16
• Clapperton, B.K. & Matthews, L.R. 1996. Trials of electric fencing for restricting the movements of common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr. Wildlife Research 23: 571-579
• Claridge, A.W., Cunningham, R.B. & Tanton, M.T. 1993. Foraging patterns of the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridactylus) for hypogeal fungi in mixed-species and regrowth eucalypt forest stands in southeastern Australia. Forest Ecology and Management 61: 75-90
• Claridge, A.W., Tanton, M.T. & Cunningham, R.B. 1993. Hypogeal fungi in the diet of the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridactylus) in mixed-species and regrowth eucalypt forest stands in south-eastern Australia. Wildlife Research 20: 321-337
• Claridge, A.W., Trappe, J.M. & Claridge, D.L. 2001. Mycophagy by the swamp wallaby (Wallabia bicolor). Wildlife Research 28: 643-645
• Claridge, A.W. & Cork, S.J. 1994. Nutritional value of hypogeal fungal sporocarps for the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridactylus), a forest dwelling mycophagus marsupial. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 701-710
• Claridge, A.W. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 1993. The mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus Ogilby) : disseminator of fungi in the mountain ash forests of the Central Highlands of Victoria? Victorian Naturalist 110: 91-95
• Claridge, A.W. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 1998. Consumption of hypogeous fungi by the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) in eastern Australia. Mycological Research 102: 269-272
• Claridge, A.W. & May, T.W. 1994. Mycophagy among Australian mammals. Australian Journal of Ecology 19: 251-275
• Clarke, J. & Loudon, A.S.I. 1985. The effect of differences in herbage height on the grazing behaviour of lactating Bennett's wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Zoology, London 207: 537-544
• Clarke, J.K., Jones, M.E. & Jarman, P.J. 1989. A day in the life of a kangaroo: activities and movements of eastern grey kangaroos Macropus giganteus at Wallaby Creek. pp. 611-618 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Clarke, J.L., Jones, M.E. & Jarman, P.J. 1995. Diurnal and nocturnal grouping and foraging behaviours of free-ranging eastern grey kangaroos. Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 519-529
• Clegg, S.M., Hale & Moritz, C. 1998. Molecular population genetics of the red kangaroo (Macropus rufus): mtDNA variation. Molecular Ecology 7: 679-686
• Close, R.L., Eldridge, M.D.B., Bell, J.N. & Reside, J. 1994. A genetic study of the brush-tailed rock wallaby Petrogale penicillata in East Gippsland and relevance for management of the species in Victoria. Pacific Conservation Biology 1: 367-371
• Close, R.L., Ingleby, S., Oorschot, R.A.H. van, Gooley, A.A., Briscoe, D.A. & Sharman, G.B. 1988. Identification of rock-wallabies, Petrogale penicillata (Gray, 1825), from the Grampians, Victoria, and comparison with conspecifics by examination of chromosomes, blood proteins, cell surface antigens, parasites and morphology. Australian Journal of Zoology 36: 99-110
• Close, R.L. & Bell, J.N. 1990. Age estimation of pouch young of the allied rock-wallaby (Petrogale assimilis) in captivity. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 359-367
• Clout, M.N. 1982. Determination of age in the brushtail possum using sections from decalcified molar teeth. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 9: 365-371
• Clout, M.N. 1982. Exploitation of brushtail possum populations in theory and practice. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 5: 29-35
• Clout, M.N. & Efford, M.G. 1984. Sex differences in the dispersal and settlement of brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Journal of Animal Ecology 53: 737-749
• Clout, M.N. & Gaze, P.D. 1984. Brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in New Zealand beech (Nothofagus) forest. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 7: 147-155
• Cochrane, J.A., Friend, J.A. & Hill, S.J.E. 2005. Endozoochory and the Australian bluebell: consumption of Billardiera fusiformis (Labill.) Payer (Pittosporaceae) seeds by three mammal species at Two Peoples Bay Nature Reserve, Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 88: 191-196
• Colagross, A.M.L. & Cockburn, A. 1993. Vigilance and groupings in the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus. Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 325-334
• Cole, J.R., Langford, D.G. & Gibson, D.F. 1994. Capture myopathy in Lagorchestes hirsutus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 17: 137-138
• Coleman, J.D., Green, W.Q. & Polson, J.G. 1985. Diet of brushtail possums over a pasture-alpine gradient in Westland, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 12: 21-35
• Coleman, J.D. & Green, W.O. 1984. Variations in the sex and age distributions of brush-tailed possum populations. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 11: 313-318
• Coles, R.B. & Guppy, A. 1986. Biophysical aspects of directional hearing in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Experimental Biology 121: 371-394
• Colgan, D., Flannery, T.F., Trimble, J. & Aplin, K. 1993. Electrophoresis and morphological analysis of the systematics of the Phalanger orientalis (Marsupialia) species complex in Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 355-378
• Colgan, D.J. & Flannery, T.F. 1992. Biochemical systematic studies in the genus Petaurus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 245-256 [Thomas, O. 1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History). London : British Museum xiii 401 pp. 28 pls [3 Nov. 1888]]
• Collett, R. 1884. On some apparently new marsupials from Queensland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1884: 381-389 pls 29-32 [1 Oct. 1884]
• Collett, R. 1887. On a collection of mammals from central and northern Queensland. Zoologische Jahrbücher 2: 829-940
• Collett, R. 1895. On a new Pseudochirus from N.W. Australia. Zoologischer Anzeiger 18(490): 464-468 [2 Dec. 1895]
• Collett, R. 1897. On a collection of mammals from north and north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1897: 317-336 pl. 23 [1 Aug. 1897]
• Collins, B.G., Wooller, R.D. & Richardson, K.C. 1988. Torpor by the honey possum, Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae), in response to food shortage and low environmental temperature. Australian Mammalogy 11: 51-57
• Collins, P. 1983. Morphological features of the surface of the subcommisural organ and aqueduct in the red necked wallaby (Wallabia rufogrisea). Journal of Anatomy 137: 665-674
• Comport, S.S., Ward, S.J. & Foley, W.J. 1996. Home ranges, time budgets, and food tree use in a high density tropical population of greater gliders, Petauroides volans minor (Pseudocheiridae, Marsupialia). Wildlife Research 23: 401-419
• Conole, L.E. 1996. The little pygmy-possum Cercartetus lepidus; an addition to the fauna of southwest-Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 113: 20-24
• Cooke, B.N. 1979. Field observations of the behaviour of the macropod marsupial Thylogale stigmatica (Gould). Unpublished M.Sc. thesis, Brisbane : University of Queensland.
• Cooper, D.W. & McKenzie, M. 1997. Genetics of tammar wallabies. pp. 120-131 in Saunder, N.R. & Hinds, L.A. (eds). Marsupial Biology: Recent research, new perspectives. Sydney : University of N.S.W. Press 413 pp.
• Cooper, S.J.B., Travouillon, K.J., Helgen, K.M., Saint, K., Russell, R. & Winter, J. 2023. Reassessment of the subspecific status of the Australian Wet Tropics yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis. Australian Mammalogy 45(2): 220-236
• Copley, P.B. & Alexander, P.J. 1997. Overview of the status of rock-wallabies in South Australia. Australian Mammalogy 19: 153-162
• Copley, P.B. & Robertson, A.C. 1983. Studies on the yellow-footed rock-wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus Gray (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). II. Diet. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 63-76
• Copley, P.B. & Robinson, A.C. 1983. Studies on the yellow-footed rock-wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus Gray (Marsupialia Macropodidae) II. Diet. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 63-76
• Cork, S.J. & Dove, H. 1986. Milk consumption in late lactation in a marsupial, the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of Australia 11: 93
• Cork, S.J. & Dove, H. 1989. Lactation in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). II. Intake of milk components and maternal allocation of energy. Journal of Zoology, London 219: 399-409
• Cork, S.J. & Pahl, L. 1984. The possible influence of nutritional factors on diet and habitat selection by the ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus). pp. 269-276 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Coulson, G. 1988. The history of kangaroo populations in Hattah-Kulkyne National Park, north-western Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 105: 68-73
• Coulson, G. 1989. Repertoires of social behaviour in the Macropodoidea. pp. 457-473 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Coulson, G. 1990. Habitat separation in the grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus Shaw and M. fuliginosus (Desmarest) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in Grampians National Park, Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 13: 219-221
• Coulson, G. 1993. The influence of population density and habitat on grouping in the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus. Wildlife Research 20: 151-162
• Coulson, G. 1993. Use of heterogeneous habitat by the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus. Wildlife Research 20: 137-149
• Coulson, G. 1996. A safe and selective draw-string trap to capture kangaroos moving under fences. Wildlife Research 23: 621-627
• Coulson, G. 1997. Repertoires of social behaviour in captive and free-ranging grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus and Macropus fuliginosus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Journal of Zoology, London 242: 119-130
• Coulson, G., Norbury, G. & Walters, B. 1990. Forage biomass and kangaroo populations (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in summer and autumn at Hattah-Kalkyne National Park, Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 13: 219-222
• Coulson, G. & Norbury, G. 1988. Ecology and management of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) at Hattah-Kulkine National Park. Arthur Rylah Institute for Environmental Research Technical Report Series. No. 72. 45 pp.
• Coulson, G. & Troy, S. 1992. First record of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus at Hattah-Kulkyne National Park, northwestern Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 109: 49-50
• Coulson, G.M. 1979. Extension of range of the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus, in Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 97: 4-5
• Coulson, G.M. 1981. The management of forester kangaroos. pp. 189-229 in Jones, R. (ed.). Exploited and endangered wildlife. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania Occasional Papers No. 12
• Coulson, G.M. & Hutchinson, C. 1983. Extension of range of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus, in Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 100: 204-206
• Coulson, R.I. & Heron, D.C. 1981. Population, trade and management of the brush possum. pp. 37-72 in Jones, R. (ed.). Exploited and endangered wildlife. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania Occasional Papers No. 12
• Courtney, J. 1963. King Island, Bass Strait—The remarkable faunal unit (with description of a new form of Potorous rat-kangaroo). Australian Aviculture 17: 18-20,92
• Cowan, P.E. 1987. The influence of lures and relative opportunity for capture on catches of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 14: 149-161
• Cowan, P.E. 1989. Changes in milk composition during lactation in the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 1: 325-335
• Cowan, P.E. 1989. Denning habits of common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, in New Zealand lowland forest. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 63-78
• Cowan, P.E. 1990. Brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr, 1792). pp. 68-98 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Cowan, P.E. 1990. Fruits, seeds and flowers in the diet of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, in lowland podocarp/mixed hardwood forest, Orongorongo Valley, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 17: 549-566
• Cowan, P.E. 1992. The eradication of introduced possums, Trichosurus vulpecula from Kapiti Island, a New Zealand nature reserve. Biological Conservation 61: 217-226
• Cowan, P.E. 1993. Effects of intensive trapping on breeding and age structure of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, on Kapiti Island, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 20: 1-11
• Cowan, P.E., Brockie, R.E., Smith, R.N. & Hearfield, M.E. 1997. Dispersal of juvenile brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, after a control operation. Wildlife Research 24: 279-288
• Cowan, P.E. & Moeed, A. 1987. Invertebrates in the diet of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 14: 149-161
• Cowan, P.E. & Rhodes, D.S. 1992. Restricting the movements of brushtail possums Trichosurus vulpecula on farmland with electric fencing. Wildlife Research 19: 47-58
• Cowan, P.E. & White, A.J. 1989. Evaluation of a tooth-wear age index for brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 321-322
• Craig, S.A. 1985. Social organization, reproduction and feeding behaviour of a population of yellow-bellied gliders, Petaurus australis (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Wildlife Research 12: 1-18
• Craig, S.A. 1986. A record of twins in the yellow-bellied glider, (Petaurus australis Shaw) (Marsupialia: Petauridae) with notes on the litter size and reproductive strategy of the species. Victorian Naturalist 103: 72-75
• Cremona, T., Baker, A.M., Cooper, S.J.B., Montague-Drake, R., Stobo-Wilson, A.M. & Carthew, S.M. 2020. Integrative taxonomic investigation of Petaurus breviceps (Marsupialia: Petauridae) reveals three distinct species. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 191(2): 503-527 [Date published online 13 July 2020]
• Crisp, E. 1862. On the situation, form, and capacity of the gall-bladder in the Vertebrata; on its absence in certain animals; and on the colour of the bile. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 132-139
• Crisp, E.A., Cowan, P.E. & Messer, M. 1989. Changes in milk carbohydrates during lactation in the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 1: 309-314
• Crisp, E.A., Messer, M. & Cowan, P.E. 1989. Intestinal lactase ( betagalactosidase) and other disaccharidase activities of suckling and adult common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 1: 315-324
• Croft, D.B. 1981. Behaviour of red kangaroos, Macropus rufus (Desmarest, 1822) in northwestern New South Wales, Australia. Australian Mammalogy 4: 5-58
• Croft, D.B. 1981. Social behaviour of euro, Macropus robustus (Gould) in the Australian arid zone. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 13-49
• Croft, D.B. 1982. Some observations on the behaviour of the antilopine wallaroo Macropus antilopinus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 5: 5-13
• Croft, D.B. 1987. Socio-ecology of the antilopine wallaroo, Macropus antilopinus, in the Northern Territory, with observations on sympatric M. robustus woodwardi and M. agilis. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 243–255
• Croft, D.B. 1989. Social organization of the Macropodoidea. pp. 505-525 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Croft, D.B. 1991. Home range of the euro, Macropus robustus erubescens. Journal of Arid Environments 20: 99-111
• Croft, D.B. 1991. Home range of the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus. Journal of Arid Environments 20: 83-98
• Crowe, O. & Hume, I.D. 1997. Morphology and function of the gastrointestinal tract of Australian folivorous possums. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 357-368
• Crowley, H.M., Woodward, D.R. & Rose, R.W. 1988. Changes in milk composition during lactation in the potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Marsupialia: Potoroidae). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 41: 289-296
• Cummins, J.M., Temple-Smith, P.D. & Renfree, M.B. 1986. Reproduction in the male honey possum (Tarsipes rostratus: Marsupialia): the epididymus. American Journal of Anatomy 177: 385-402
• Curlewis, J.D. 1989. The breeding season of Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus) in Tasmania. Journal of Zoology, London 218: 337-339
• Curlewis, J.D. 1991. Seasonal changes in the reproductive organs and plasma and pituitary hormone content of the male Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Zoology, London 223: 223-231
• Curlewis, J.D., White, A.S., Loudon, A.S.I. & McNeilly, A.S. 1986. Effects of lactation and season on plasma prolactin concentrations and response to bromocriptine during lactation in the Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Endocrinology 110: 59-66
• Curlewis, J.D., White, A.S. & Loudon, A.S.I. 1987. The onset of seasonal quiescence in the female Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 80: 119-124
• Curlewis, J.D. & Loudon, A.S.L. 1989. The role of refractoriness to long daylength in the annual reproductive cycle of the female Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Experimental Biology 252: 200-206
• Curlewis, J.D. & Stone, G.M. 1985. Some effects of breeding season and castration on the prostate and epididymis of the brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 38: 313-326
• Curlewis, J.D. & Stone, G.M. 1986. Reproduction in captive female brushtail possums Trichosurus vulpecula. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 47-52
• Cuvier, G.L. 1816. Le Régne Animal distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. L'Introduction, les Mammiéres et les Oiseaux. Paris : Déterville Vol. 1 xxxvii 540 pp.
• Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1798. Tableau Élémentaire de l'Histoire Naturelle des Animaux. Paris : Baillière xvi 710-14 pp., pls.
• Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1824. [title not known]. pp. 1-45 in Geoffroy [Saint-Hilaire], É. & Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. (eds). Histoire Naturelle des Mammifères, avec des figures originales colorées, dessinées d'après des animaux vivants; publiée sous l'authorité de l'Administration du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Publisher unknown Vol. 3.
• Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1825. Des Dents des Mammifères considérées comme Charactères Zoologiques (1821–1825). Paris : F.-G. Levrault iv 259-103 pls.
• Cuvier, L.G.C. 1829. Le Règne Animal, distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle, des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. Paris : Déterville Vol. 4 2nd Edn., xxvii, 584 pp.
• Dawson, L. & Flannery, T. 1985. Taxonomic and phylogenetic status of living and fossil kangaroos and wallabies of the genus Macropus Shaw (Macropodidae: Marsupialia), with a new subgeneric name for the larger wallabies. Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 473-498
• Dawson, T.J. 1973. Thermoregulatory responses of the arid zone kangaroos, Megaleia rufa and Macropus robustus. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 46A: 153-169
• Dawson, T.J. 1989. Diets of macropodoid marsupials: general patterns and environmental influences. pp. 129-142 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Dawson, T.J. 1995. Kangaroos. Biology of the largest marsupials. Sydney : University of New South Wales 162 pp.
• Dawson, T.J., Tierney, P.J. & Ellis, B.A. 1992. The diet of the bridled nailtail wallaby (Onychogalea fraenata). II. Overlap in dietary niche breadth and plant preferences with the black-striped wallaby (Macropus dorsalis) and domestic cattle. Wildlife Research 19: 79-87
• Dawson, T.J. & Degabrielle, R. 1973. The cuscus (Phalanger maculatus) - a marsupial sloth? Journal of Comparative Physiology 83: 41-50
• Dawson, T.J. & Ellis, B.A. 1973. Comparison of the diets of Yellow-footed Rock-wallabies and sympatric herbivores in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 6: 245-254
• Dawson, T.J. & Ellis, B.A. 1994. Did dietary competition play a role in the extinction of small macropodids in western New South Wales with the coming of European settlement. pp. 75-80 in Lunney, D., Hand, S., Reed, P. & Butcher, D. (eds). Future of the fauna of western New South Wales. Mosman : Royal Zoological Society of NSW 245 pp.
• Dawson, T.J. & Ellis, B.A. 1994. Diets of mammalian herbivores in Australian arid shrublands: seasonal effects on overlap between red kangaroos, sheep and rabbits and on dietary niche breadths and selectivities. Journal of Arid Environments 26: 257-271
• Dawson, T.J. & Ellis, B.A. 1996. Diets of mammalian herbivores in Australian arid, hilly shrublands: seasonal effects on overlap between euros (hill kangaroos), sheep and feral goats, and on dietary niche breadths and selectivities. Journal of Arid Environments 34: 491-506
• Dawson, W.R. & Bennett, A.F. 1971. Thermoregulation in the marsupial Lagorchestes conspicillatus. Journal of Physiology 63: 239-241
• Deane, E.M., Cooper, D.W., Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1988. Immunological development of pouch young marsupials. pp. 190-199 in Janssens, P.A. (ed.). The developing marsupial. Models for biomedical research. Berlin : Springer-Verlag 245 pp.
• Deane, E.M., Cooper, D.W. & Renfree, M.B. 1990. Immunoglobulin G levels in fetal and newborn tammar wallabies (Macropus eugenii). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 2: 369-375
• Deane, E.M. & Cooper, D.W. 1984. Immunology of pouch young marsupials. I. Levels of immunoglobin, transferrin and albumin in the blood and milk of euros and wallaroos (hill kangaroos: Macropus robustus, Marsupialia). Developmental and Comparative Immunology 8: 863-876
• Delany, R. 1997. Population dynamics of the allied rock-wallaby P. assimilis: Implications for conservation. Australian Mammalogy 19: 199-208
• Delany, R. 1997. Reproductive ecology of the allied rock-wallaby, P. assimilis. Australian Mammalogy 19: 209-218
• Delany, R. & De'ath, G. 1990. Age estimation and growth rates of captive and wild pouch young of Petrogale assimilis. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 491-499
• Delany, R. & Marsh, H. 1995. Estimating the age of wild rock wallabies by dental radiography - a basis for quantifying the age structure of a discrete colony of Petrogale assimilis. Wildlife Research 22: 547-559
• Dellow, D.W. & Hume, I.D. 1983. Studies on the nutrition of macropodine marsupials. IV. Digestion in the stomach and the intestine of Macropus giganteus, Thylogale thetis and Macropus eugenii. Australian Journal of Zoology 30: 767-777
• Delroy, L.B., Earl, J., Radbone, I., Robinson, A.C. & Hewitt, M. 1986. The breeding and re-establishment of the brush-tailed bettong, Bettongia penicillata, in South Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 387-396
• Dennis, A. 2004. Marsupial Gardeners. Nature Australia 28(1): 26-33
• Dennis, A.J. & Johnson, P.M. 1995. Musky Rat-kangaroo Hypsiprymnodon moschatus. pp. 282-284 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Dennis, A.J. & Johnson, P.M. 1995. Rufous Bettong Aepyprymnus rufescens. pp. 285-287 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Dennis, A.J.& Marsh, H. 1997. Seasonal reproduction in musky rat-kangaroos, Hypsiprymnodon moschatus: a response to changes in resource availability. Wildlife Research 24: 561-578
• Denny, M.J.S. 1982. Adaptations of the red kangaroo and euro (Macropodidae) to aridity. pp. 179-183 in Barker, W.R, & Greenslade, P.J.M. (eds). Evolution of the Flora and Fauna of Arid Australia. Frewville, Adelaide : Peacock Press vii 392 pp.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1803. Nouveau Dictionnaire d´Histoire Naturelle Vol. 17 Paris : Deterville. 381 pp.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1804. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle: appliquée aux arts, principalement à l'agriculture, à l'économie rurale et domestique: par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs: avec des figures tirés des trois règnes de la nature. Paris : Deterville Tom. 24.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d´Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Deterville Vol. 25 400-404 pp.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1817. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle: appliquée aux arts, à l'agriculture, à l'économie rurale et domestique, à la médecine etc. Par une société de naturalistes et d'agriculteurs. Nouv. Édn presqu' entièrement refondue et considérablement augmentée. Paris : Deterville Vol. 17.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1820. Encyclopédie Méthodique. Livr. 89. Mammalogie ou description des espèces de mammifères. Premiere partie, contenant les ordres des bimanes, des quadrumanes et des carnassiers. Paris : V. Agasse 1-276 pp. suppl. pls 1-14.
• Desmarest, A.G. 1822. Mammologie ou description des espèces de mammifères part 2 in, Encyclopédie Méthodique (Dictionnaire Encyclopédique Méthodique.) Par ordre de Matières. Suppl. 2. Paris : Agasse.
• De Torres, P.J., Hayward, M.W., Dillon, M.J. & Brazell, R. 2007. Review of the distribution, causes for the decline and recommendations for management of the quokka, Setonix brachyurus (Macropodidae: Marsupialia), an endemic macropod marsupial from south-west Western Australia. Conservation Science Western Australia 6(3): 13-73
• de Torres, P.J., Hayward, M.W. & Rosier, S.M. 2004. The western ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus occidentalis, and the quokka, Setonix brachyurus. Case studies: Western Shield Review – February 2003. Conservation Science Western Australia 5: 235-257
• De Vis, C.W. 1883. Description of a new Belideus from Northern Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 7: 619-620 [Apr. 1883]
• De Vis, C.W. 1884. Notes on the fauna of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 1: 154-160
• De Vis, C.W. 1884. On apparently new species of Halmaturus. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 1: 107-112
• De Vis, C.W. 1886. Abstract. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1886: 5 [Date published 27 October 1886]
• De Vis, C.W. 1887. Notice of a probable new species of Dendrolagus. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 3(1886): 11-14 [Date published Aug. 1887: publication date established from Iredale, T. & Troughton, E. le G. 1934. A check-list of the mammals recorded from Australia. Mem. Aust. Mus. 6: i–xii 1–122]
• De Vis, C.W. 1887. On a new or rare vertebrate from the Herbert River, North Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 1: 1129-1135 [22 Feb. 1887]
• De Vis, C.W. 1887. On new or rare vertebrates from the Herbert River, N Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 1: 1129-1137 [publication dated as 1886]
• De Vis, C.W. 1888. On a third species of the Australian tree kangaroo. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 4: 132-134
• De Vis, C.W. 1895. A review of the fossil jaws of the Macropodidae in the Queensland Museum. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 10: 75-133
• Dickman, C.R. 1996. Impact of exotic generalist predators on the native fauna of Australia. Wildlife Biology 2: 185-195
• Dickman, C.R. & Happold, D.C.D. 1988. The eastern pygmy-possum, Cercartetus nanus in the Australian Capital Territory. Australian Mammalogy 11: 77-79
• Dimpel, H. & Calaby, J.H. 1972. Further observations on the mountain pygmy possum (Burramys parvus). Victorian Naturalist 89: 101-106
• Dixon, J.M. 1970. Catalogue of mammal types (Class Mammalia) in the National Museum of Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne 31: 105-114
• Dixon, J.M. 1971. Burramys parvus Broom (Marsupialia) from Falls Creek area of the Bogong High Plains, Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 88: 133-138
• Dixon, J.M. 1988. Notes on the diet of three mammals presumed to be extinct: the pig footed bandicoot, the lesser bilby and the desert rat kangaroo. Victorian Naturalist 105: 208-211
• Donaldson, R. & Stoddart, M. 1994. Detection of hypogeous fungi by Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi : Marspialia, Macropodoidea). Journal of Chemical Ecology 20: 1201-1208
• Dovey, L., Wong, V. & Bayne, P. 1997. An overview of the status and management of rock-wallabies (Petrogale) in New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 19: 163-168
• Dressen, W. 1993. On the behaviour and social organisation of agile wallabies, Macropus agilis (Gould, 1842) in two habitats of northern Australia. Zeitschrift fur Säugetierkunde 58: 201-211
• Dressen, W. Grun, H. & Hendrichs, H. 1990. Radio telemetry of heart rate in male tammar wallabies (Marsupialia: Macropodidae): temporal variations and behavioural correlates. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 89-103
• Drew, A. & Spencer, H.J. 1998. Consumption of Idiospermum australiense seeds by the musky rat kangaroo, Hypsiprymnodon moschatus (Marsupialia: Potoroidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42(2): 438
• Driessen, M. & Hocking, G. 1990. The habitat and conservation status of the Tasmanian bettong. Tasmanian Naturalist 102: 1-6
• Driessen, M.M., Taylor, R.J. & Hocking, G.J. 1991. Trends in abundance of three marsupial species after fire. Australian Mammalogy 14: 121-124
• Driessen, M.M. & Hocking, G.J. 1997. Age estimation of the Tasmanian pademelon, Thylogale billardierii, by molar eruption. Australian Mammalogy 20: 107-110
• Dunn, R. 1984. Brush-tailed rock-wallabies in the Grampians. Victorian Naturalist 101: 123-126
• Du Plessis, J. & Du Plessis, A. 1995. Observations on honey possums. Western Australian Naturalist 20: 49-50
• Dwyer, P.D. 1977. Notes on Antechinus and Cercartetus (Marsupialia) in the New Guinea Highlands. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 88: 69-73
• Ealey, E.H.M. 1967. Ecology of the euro, Macropus robustus (Gould), in north-western Australia IV. Age and growth. CSIRO Wildlife Research 12: 67-80
• Eckery, D.C., Tisdall, D.J., Heath, D.A. & McNatty, K.P. 1996. Morphology and function of the ovary during fetal and early neonatal life - a comparison between the sheep and brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Animal Reproduction Science 42: 551-561
• Edwards, D. & Westerman, M. 1992. DNA-DNA hybridisation and the position of Leadbeater's possum (Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy) in the family Petauridae (Marsupialia: Diprotodontia). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 563-571
• Edwards, D. & Westerman, M. 1995. The molecular relationships of possum and glider families as revealed by DNA-DNA hybridisations. Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 231-240 [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Edwards, G.P., Croft, D.B. & Dawson, T.J. 1994. Observations of differential sex/age class mobility in red kangaroos (Macropus rufus). Journal of Arid Environments 27: 169-177
• Edwards, G.P., Croft, D.B. & Dawson, T.J. 1996. Competition between red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) and sheep (Ovis aries) in the arid rangelands of Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 21: 165-172
• Edwards, G.P., Dawson, T.J. & Croft, D.B. 1995. The dietary overlap between red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) and sheep (Ovis aries) in the arid rangelands of Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 20: 324-334
• Edwards, G.P. & Ealey, E.H.M. 1975. Aspects of the ecology of the swamp wallaby Wallabia bicolor (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 1: 307-317
• Edwin, N. 1984. Quantitative estimation of islet tissue of pancreas in adult grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus). Journal of Zoology, London 203: 125-133
• Edwin, N. & Leigh, C.M. 1990. Immunocytochemical study of the endocrine pancreas in the grey kangaroo (Macropus fuliginosus). Cell and Tissue Research 259: 183-185
• Efford, M. 1998. Demographic consequences of sex-biased dispersal in a population of brushtail possums. Journal of Animal Ecology 67: 503-517
• Eldridge, M.D.B. 1997. Restriction analysis of mitochondrial DNA from the yellow footed rock-wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus: implications for management. Wildlife Research 24: 289-294
• Eldridge, M.D.B. 1997. Taxonomy of rock-wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). II. An historical review. Australian Mammalogy 19: 113-122
• Eldridge, M.D.B. 2003. A purple puzzle. Nature Australia 27(7): 37-43
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Bell, J.N. & Wong, V. 1997. Confirmation of the continued existence of the brush-tailed rock-wallaby, Petrogale penicillata, in the Warrumbungles, western NSW. Australian Mammalogy 20: 111-114
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Close, R.L. & Johnston, P.G. 1990. Chromosomal rearrangements in rock wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). III. G-banding analysis of Petrogale inornata and P. penicillata. Genome 33: 798-802
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Close, R.L. & Johnston, P.G. 1991. Chromosomal rearrangements in rock-wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). IV. G-banding analysis of the Petrogale lateralis complex. Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 621-627
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Gee, P., Gee, I. & Reardon, T. 1994. Identification of a rock wallaby population from the Davenport Ranges, central South Australia, as Petrogale lateralis MacDonnell Ranges race. Australian Mammalogy 17: 125-128
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Heckenberg, K., Neaves, L.E., Metcalfe, C.J., Hamilton, S., Johnson, P.M. & Close, R.L. 2011. Genetic differentiation and introgression amongst Thylogale (pademelons) taxa in eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 59(2): 103-117
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Johnson, P.M. & Close, R.L. 1993. Identification of a rock-wallaby population from 'Lawn Hill', northwest Queensland, as Petrogale lateralis purpureicollis ; a significant range extension. Australian Mammalogy 16: 59-60
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Johnston, P.G. & Close, R.L. 1992. Chromosomal rearrangements in rock wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) VI. Determination of the plesiomorphic karyotype: G-banding comparison of Thylogale with Petrogale persephone, P. xanthopus and P. l. lateralis. Cytogenetics and Cell Genetics 61: 29-33
• Eldridge, M.D.B., Johnston, P.G. & Lowry, P.S. 1992. Chromosomal rearrangements in rock wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) VII. G-banding analysis of Petrogale brachyotis and P. concinna: species with dramatically altered karyotypes. Cytogenetics and Cell Genetics 61: 34-39
• Eldridge, M.D.B., King, J.M., Loupis, A.K. , Spencer, P.B.S., Taylor, A.C., Pope, L.C. & Hall, G.P. 1999. Unprecedented low levels of genetic variability and inbreeding depression in an island population of the black-footed rock-wallaby. Conservation Biology 13: 531-541
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Bell, J.N. 1992. Identification of rock wallabies in the Warburton region of Western Australia as Petrogale lateralis MacDonnell Ranges race. Australian Mammalogy 15: 115-119
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1992. Taxonomy of rock wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia : Macropodidae). I. A revision of the eastern Petrogale with the description of three new species. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 603-625
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close , R.L. 1995. Allied rock-wallaby. pp. 365-366 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Black-footed Rock-wallaby Petrogale lateralis. pp. 377-381 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Brush-tailed Rock-wallaby Petrogale penicillata. pp. 383-385 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Cape York Rock-wallaby Petrogale coenensis. pp. 370-371 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Godman's Rock-wallaby Petrogale godmani. pp. 373-374 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Herbert's Rock-wallaby Petrogale herberti. pp. 374-375 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Mareeba Rock-wallaby Petrogale mareeba. pp. 382-383 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Sharman's Rock-wallaby Petrogale sharmani. pp. 390-391 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Unadorned Rock-wallaby Petrogale inornata. pp. 376-377 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Pearson, D.J. 2008. Black-footed rock-wallaby Petrogale lateralis. pp. 376-380 in van Dyck, S. & Strahan, R. The Mammals of Australia. Third Edition. Sydney : Reed New Holland 887 pp.
• Eldridge, M.D.B. & Potter, S. 2019. Taxonomy of rock-wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia : Macropodidae). V. A description of two new subspecies of the black-footed rock-wallaby (Petrogale lateralis). Australian Journal of Zoology 67: 19-26 [Included in Vol. 67 (2019) but first published online 24 Jan 2020]
• Eldridge M.D.B., & Close R.L. 1992. Taxonomy of rock wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). I. A revision of the eastern Petrogale with the description of three new species. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 605-625
• Ellis, B.A., Russell, E.M., Dawson, T.J. & Harrop, C.J.F. 1977. Seasonal changes in diet preferences of free-ranging red kangaroos, euro and sheep in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 4: 127-144
• Ellis, B.A., Tierney, P.J. & Dawson, T.J. 1992. The diet of the bridled nailtail wallaby (Onychogalea fraenata). I. Site and seasonal influences and dietary overlap with the black-striped wallaby (Macropus dorsalis) and domestic cattle. Wildlife Research 19: 65-78
• Ellis, M. & Jones, B. 1992. Observations of captive and wild western ringtail possums Pseudocheirus occidentalis. Western Australian Naturalist 19: 1-10
• Evans, M. 1992. Diet of the brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) in central Australia. Australian Mammalogy 15: 25-30
• Evans, M. 1996. Home ranges and movement schedules of sympatric bridled nailtail and black striped wallabies. Wildlife Research 23: 547-556
• Evans M. & Gordon, G. 1995. Bridled Nailtail Wallaby Onychogalea fraenata. pp. 356-358 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Eyre, T.J. & Smith, A.P. 1997. Floristic and structural habitat preferences of yellow-bellied gliders (Petaurus australis) and selective logging impacts in southeast Queensland, Australia. Forest Ecology and Management 98: 281-295
• Finalyson, H.H. 1957. Preliminary description of two new forms of Bettongia (Marsupialia). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 12 10: 552-554
• Findlay, L., Ward, K.L. & Renfree, M.B. 1983. Mammary gland lactose, plasma progesterone and lactogenesis in the marsupial Macropus eugenii. Journal of Endocrinology 97: 425-436
• Finlayson, H.H. 1927. Observations on the South Australian members of the subgenus Wallabia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 51: 363-377
• Finlayson, H.H. 1932. Caloprymnus campestris. Its recurrence and characters. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 56: 148-167
• Finlayson, H.H. 1938. On a new species of Potorous (Marsupialia) from a cave deposit on Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 62: 132-140
• Finlayson, H.H. 1943. A new species of Lagorchestes (Marsupialia). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 67: 319-321
• Finlayson, H.H. 1963. The brush-tailed opossum of Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 87: 17-22 [Dec. 1963]
• Fischer, G. 1813. Zoognosia Tabulis Synopticis Illustrata, in usum praelectionem academiae medico-chirurgicae mosquensis editae. Editio tertia. Moscow : Vsevolozsky Vol. 2.
• Fischer, J.B. 1829. Synopsis Mammalium. Stuttgardtiae : J.G. Cottae xlii 752 pp.
• Fischer [von Waldheim], G. 1814. Zoognosia Tabulis Synopticis Illustrata : in usum praelectionum Academiae imperialis medico-chirugicae mosquensis edita. Volumen tertium. Quadrupedum reliquorum, Cetorum et Monotrymatum descriptionem continens. Mosquae : Vsevolozsky xxiv, 734 pp.
• Fisher, D.O. & Lara, M.C. 1999. Effects of body size and home range on access to mates and paternity in male bridled nailtail wallabies. Animal Behaviour 58: 121-130
• Fitzgerald, A.E. 1984. Diet of the possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) in three Tasmanian forest types and its relevance to the diet of possums in New Zealand forests. pp. 137-143 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Flannery, T. 1982. Hindlimb structure and evolution in the kangaroos (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). pp. 507-524 in Rich, P.V. & Thompson, E.M. (eds). The fossil vertebrate record of Australasia. Clayton : Monash University Offset Printing Unit 759 pp.
• Flannery, T.F. 1983. Revision of the macropodid subfamily Sthenurinae (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) and the relationships of the species of Tropsodon and Lagostrophus. Australian Mammalogy 6: 15-28
• Flannery, T.F. 1994. Possums of the World: A Monograph of the Phalangeroidea. Sydney : GEO Productions.
• Flannery, T.F., Martin, R.W. & Szalay, A. 1996. Tree-kangaroos: A Curious Natural History. Sydney : Reed Books.
• Fleming, D., Cinderey, R.N. & Hearn, J.P. 1983. The reproductive biology of Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus) ranging free at Whipsnade Park. Journal of Zoology, London 201: 283-291
• Fleming, M.R. 1985. The thermal physiology of the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 667-681
• Fleming, M.R. 1985. The thermal physiology of the Mountain Pygmy-possum Burramys parvus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Mammalogy 8: 79-91
• Fleming, M.R. & Frey, H. 1984. Aspects of the natural history of Feathertail gliders (Acrobates pygmaeus) in Victoria. pp. 403-408 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Flint, A.P.F. 1982. Oestradiol-17[Beta] in the blood during seasonal reactivation of the diapausing blastocyst in a wild population of tammar wallabies. Journal of Endocrinology 95: 293-300
• Foley, W.J. 1992. Nitrogen and energy retention and acid-base status of the common ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus): evidence of the effects of absorbed allelochemicals. Physiological Zoology 65: 403-421
• Foley, W.J., Hume, I.D. & Cork, S.J. 1989. Fermentation in the hindgut of the greater glider (Petauroides volans) and the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) - two arboreal folivores. Physiological Zoology 62: 1126-1143
• Foley, W.J., Lessak, E.V. & Brophy, J. 1987. Digestion and absorption of Eucalyptus essential oils in greater glider (Petauroides volans) and brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Journal of Chemical Ecology 13: 2115-2130
• Foley, W.J. & Hume, I.D. 1987. Digestion and metabolism of high-tannin Eucalyptus foliage by the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 157: 67-76
• Foley, W.J. & Hume, I.D. 1987. Nitrogen requirements and urea metabolism in two arboreal marsupials, the greater glider (Petauroides volans) and the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) fed eucalyptus foliage. Physiological Zoology 60: 241-250
• Foley, W.J. & Hume, I.D. 1987. Passage of digesta markers of arboreal folivorous marsupials - the greater glider (Petauroides volans) and the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Physiological Zoology 60: 103-113
• Fox, B.J. 1989. Community ecology of macropodoids. pp. 89-104 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Frankham, G.J., Handasyde, K.A. & Eldridge, M.D.B. 2012. Novel insights into the phylogenetic relationships of the endangered marsupial genus Potorous. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 64: 592–602
• Frappell, P.B. & Rose, R.W. 1986. A radiographic study of the gastrointestinal tract of Potorous tridactylus, with a suggestion as to the role of the foregut and hindgut in potoroine marsupials. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 463-471
• Frederick, H. & Johnson, C.N. 1996. Social organisation in the rufous bettong, Aepyprymnus rufescens. Australian Journal of Zoology 44: 9-17
• Freedman, L. & Twomey, L.T. 1979. Relative growth rates of limb muscles in the diprotodont marsupial, Setonix brachyurus. Journal of Zoology, London 188: 161-171
• Freudenberger, D. & Hacker, R.B. 1997. The effect of temporary closure of watering points on grazing intensity of red and grey kangaroos with related observations on feral goats. Rangeland Journal 19: 157-165
• Freudenberger, D.O. & Hume, I.D. 1987. Effects of water restriction on digestive function in the euro (Macropus robustus erubescens), wallaroo (M. r. robustus) and the feral goat. pp. 127-128 in Rose, M. (ed.). Herbivore nutrition research. Brisbane : Australian Society for Animal Production.
• Freudenberger, D.O. & Hume, I.D. 1992. Ingestive and digestive responses to dietary fibre and nitrogen by two macropodid marsupials (Macropus robustus erubescens and M. r. robustus) and a ruminant (Capra hircus). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 181-194
• Freudenberger, D.O. & Hume, I.D. 1993. Effects of water restriction on digestive function in two macropodid marsupials from divergent habitats and the feral goat. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 163: 247-257
• Frey, H. & Fleming, M.R. 1984. Torpor and thermoregulatory behaviour in free-ranging feathertail gliders (Acrobates pygmaeus) (Marsupialia, Burramyidae) in Victoria. pp. 393-401 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Friend, G.R. & Taylor, J.A. 1985. Habitat preferences of small mammals in tropical open-forest of the Northern Territory. Australian Journal of Ecology 10: 173-185
• Frith, H.J. 1964. The mobility of the red kangaroo Megaleia rufa. CSIRO Wildlife Research 9: 1-19
• Frith, H.J. & Calaby, J.H. 1969. Kangaroos. Melbourne : Cheshire 209 pp.
• Gaimard, P. 1823. Sur une nouvelle espèce de Kanguroo lanieux (Kangurus lanigeri). Bulletin des Sciences, par la Société Philomathique de Paris 1823: 138-139
• Ganslosser, U. 1992. Behavioural data support the currently proposed phylogeny of the Macropodoidea (Marsupialia). Australian Mammalogy 15: 89-104
• Ganslosser, U. & Werner, I. 1984. Zur Häufigkeit freundlicher und agonisticher Verhaltensmuster in einer Gruppe von Rottbauchfilandern (Thylogale billardierii) Desmarest) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Zoologischer Anzeiger 213: 51-67
• Ganslosser, U. & Wilhelm, P. 1986. Sex- and age-dependent differences in frequencies of social interactions between captive red kangaroos, Macropus rufus (Desmarest, 1822). Zoologischer Anzeiger 216: 58-71
• Garrod, A.H. 1875. On the kangaroo called Halmaturus luctuosus by D'Albertis and its affinities. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1875: 48-59
• Gates, G.R. & Aitken, L.M. 1984. The auditory system of the common brushtail possum - from cochlea to cortex. pp. 191-196 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Geiser, F. 1987. Hibernation and daily torpor in two pygmy possums (Cercartetus spp., Marsupialia). Physiological Zoology 60: 93-102
• Geiser, F. 1993. Hibernation in the eastern pygmy possum, Cercartetus nanus (Marsupialia : Burramyidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 67-75
• Geiser, F. & Broome, L.S. 1991. Hibernation in the mountain pygmy possum Burramys parvus (Marsupialia). Journal of Zoology, London 223: 593-602
• Geiser, F. & Broome, L.S. 1993. The effect of temperature on the pattern of torpor in a marsupial hibernator. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 163: 133-137
• Gemmell, R.T. 1987. Effect of melatonin and removal of pouch young on the seasonality of births in the marsupial possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 80: 301-307
• Gemmell, R.T. 1990. Influence of day length on the initiation of the breeding season of the marsupial possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 88: 605-609
• Gemmell, R.T. 1995. Breeding biology of brushtail possums Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) in captivity. Australian Mammalogy 18: 1-8
• Gemmell, R.T., Cepon, G. & Barnes, A. 1987. The development of thermoregulation in the rat kangaroo, Potorous tridactylus. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 88: 257-261
• Gemmell, R.T., Cepon, G. & Sernia, C. 1993. Effect of photoperiod on the breeding season of the marsupial possum Trichosurus vulpecula. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 98: 515-520
• Gemmell, R.T. & Cepon, G. 1993. The development of thermoregulation in the marsupial brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 106: 167-174
• Gemmell, R.T. & Hendrichz, J.K. 1993. Growth rates of the bandicoot Isoodon macrourus and the brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula. Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 141-149
• Gemmell, R.T. & Sernia, C. 1992. The role of photoperiod on the initiation of the breeding season of the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 1992: 701-708
• Geoffroy [Saint-Hilaire], É. & Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1795. Mémoire sur une nouvelle division des mammifères, et les principes qui doivent servir de base dans cette sorte de travail. Magasin Encyclopédique. Paris : Millin, Noel et Warens Vol. 2(6) 164-190 pp.
• George, G.G. 1979. The status of endangered Papua New Guinea mammals. pp. 93-100 in Tyler, M.J. (ed.). The Status of Endangered Australasian Wildlife. Adelaide : Royal Zoological Society of South Australia.
• George, G.G. 1987. Characterisation of the living species of cuscus (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). pp. 507-526 in Archer, M. (ed.). Possums and Opossums: studies in evolution. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 2 vols lxxii 788 pp.
• Gervais, F.L.P. 1835. Dictionnaire Pittoresque d'Histoire Naturelle et des Phénomènes de la Nature. Vol. 2.
• Gervais, F.L.P. 1847. In D'Orbigny, C. (ed.) Dictionnaire Universel d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : M.M. Renard, Martinet et Cie Vol. 9.
• Gervais, F.L.P. 1855. Histoire Naturelle des Mammifères, avec l'indication de leurs moeurs, et de leur rapports avec les arts, le commerce et l'agriculture. Tom. 2. Carnivores, Proboscidiens, Jumentés, Bisulques, Édentés, Marsupiaux, Monotrèmes, Phoques, Sirénides, et Cétacées. Paris : L. Curmer.
• Gervais, F.L.P. 1869. In D'Orbigny, C. (ed.) Dictionnaire Universal d'Histoire Naturelle. 2nd edn Paris : D'Orbigny Vol. 10.
• Gervais, P. & Verreaux, J. 1842. Nouveau genre de Didelphe. l'Institut, Journal Universel des Sciences et des Sociétés Savantes en France et à l'Étranger. 1ère Section. Sciences mathématiques, physiques et naturelles. No. 427. 75-76 pp. [publication date established from Mahoney, J.A. 1981. The specific name of the honey possum (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae: Tarsipes rostratus Gervais & Verreaux, 1842). Australian Mammalogy 4: 135–138]
• Gibson, D.F., Lundie-Jenkins, G., Langford, D.G., Cole, J.R., Clarke, D.E. & Johnson, K.A. 1994. Predation by feral cats, Felis catus, on the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus, in the Tanami Desert. Australian Mammalogy 17: 103-106
• Giebel, C.G. 1874. Säugethiere : Mammalia. Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs 6(V. Abtheilung) (Bd 1 Lfg. 1–5): 1-80
• Giles, D.C. & Russell, E.M. 1975. Allogrooming in Macropus eugenii. Australian Mammalogy 1: 387
• Gilmore, D.P. 1977. The success of marsupials as introduced species. pp. 169-178 in Stonehouse, B. & Gilmore, D. (eds). Biology of Marsupials. London : Macmillan.
• Gilmore, D.P. 1984. Organ-body weight relationships in the common brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Australian Mammalogy 7: 131-138
• Gipps, J.M. & Sanson, G.D. 1984. Mastication and digestion in Pseudocheirus. pp. 237-246 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Gistel, J. 1848. Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs für höhere schulen bearbeitet. Stuttgart xvi 216 pp., 32 pls.
• Gloger, C.W.L. 1841. Gemeinnütziges Hand- und Hilfsbuch der Naturgeschichte. Für gebildete Leser aller Stände, besonders für die reifere Jugend und ihre Lehrer. Erster Band, enthaltend die erste Hälfte der Naturgeschichte der Thiere, nebst erfahrungsmässigen Andeutungen über den gegenwärtigen Zustand und Erfolg des Unterrichts in dieser Wissenschaft, namentlich auf Gymnasien, und Vorrschlägen über fernere Einrichtung desselben im Verhaltnisse zu seinem Wirklichen Zwecke. Hefte 1–5. Breslau : A. Schulz & Comp. 400 pp. [publication date established from Thomas, O. 1895. An analysis of the mammalian generic names given in Dr. C.W.L. Gloger's 'Naturgeschichte' (1841). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 15: 189–193 [189]]
• Gloger, C.W.L. 1841. Gemeinnütziges Hand- und Hilfsbuch der Naturgeschichte. Für gebildete leser aller Stände. Bd I. Breslau : Schulz & Co. xxxiv 495 pp. [Date published May 1841: publication date established from Thomas, O. 1895. An analysis of the mammalian generic names given in Dr. C.W.L. Gloger's 'Naturgeschichte' (1841). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 15: 189–193]
• Godfrey, M.E.R. 1984. Acute toxicity of brodifacoum to wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus). New Zealand Journal of Experimental Agriculture 12: 63-64
• Goldfuss, G.A. 1819. Über die verschiedenen Arten der Känguruh. Oken, Isis 1818: col. 266-270
• Goldingay, R. & Kavanagh, R.P. 1995. Foraging behaviour and habitat use of the feathertail glider (Acrobates pygmaeus) at Waratah Creek, New South Wales. Wildlife Research 22: 457-470
• Goldingay, R. & Possingham, H. 1995. Area requirements for viable populations of the Australian gliding marsupial Petaurus australis. Biological Conservation 73: 161-167
• Goldingay, R.L. 1984. Photoperiodic control of diel activity in the sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps). pp. 385-391 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Goldingay, R.L. 1987. Sap feeding by the marsupial Petaurus australis: an enigmatic behaviour? Oecologia (Berlin) 73: 154-158
• Goldingay, R.L. 1989. Time budget and related aspects of the foraging behaviour of the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 105-112
• Goldingay, R.L. 1990. The foraging behaviour of a nectar feeding marsupial, Petaurus australis. Oecologia (Berlin) 85: 191-199
• Goldingay, R.L. 1991. An evaluation of hypotheses to explain the pattern of sap feeding by the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis. Australian Journal of Ecology 16: 491-500
• Goldingay, R.L. 1992. Socioecology of the yellow-bellied glider (Petaurus australis) in a coastal forest. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 267-278
• Goldingay, R.L. 1994. Loud calls of the yellow-bellied glider, Petarus australis : territorial behaviour by an arboreal marsupial. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 279-293
• Goldingay, R.L., Carthew, S.M. & Whelan, R.J. 1991. The importance of non-flying mammals in pollination. Oikos 61: 79-87
• Goldingay, R.L., Quin, D.G. & Churchill, S. 2001. Spatial variability in the social organisation of the yellow-bellied glider near Ravenshoe, north Queensland. Australian Journal of Zoology 49: 397-409
• Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. 2004. Ecology of the Australian Petauridae. pp. 376-400 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Goldingay, R.L. & Kavanagh, R.P. 1988. Detectability of the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae), in relation to measured weather variables. Australian Mammalogy 11: 67-70
• Goldingay, R.L. & Kavanagh, R.P. 1990. Socioecology of the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis, at Waratah Creek, NSW. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 327-341
• Goldingay, R.L. & Kavanagh, R.P. 1991. The yellow-bellied glider: a review of its ecology, and management considerations. pp. 365-375 in Lunney, D. (ed.). Conservation of Australia's Forest Fauna. Mosman : Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.
• Goldingay, R.L. & Kavanagh, R.P. 1993. Home-range estimates and habitat of the yellow-bellied glider (Petaurus autralis) at Waratah Creek, New South Wales. Wildlife Research 20: 387-404
• Goldstone, A.D. & Nelson, J.E. 1986. Aggressive behaviour in two female Peradorcas concinna (Macropodidae) and its relation to oestrus. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 375-385
• Gordon, G., McRae, P., Lim, L., Reimer, D. & Porter, G. 1993. The conservation status of the yellow-footed rock-wallaby in Queensland. Oryx 27: 159-168
• Gordon, G. & Lawrie, B.C. 1980. The rediscovery of the bridled nailtail wallaby (Onychogalea fraenata (Gould)) in Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 7: 339-345
• Gordon, K., Fletcher, T.P. & Renfree, M.B. 1988. Reactivation of the quiescent corpus luteum and diapausing embryo after temporary removal of the sucking stimulus in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 83: 401-406
• Gould, J. 1841. A Monograph of the Macropodidae, or family of kangaroos. London : J. Gould Part 1. [Unnumbered plates 1-15 and accompanying text]
• Gould, J. 1841. Description of a new species of Hypsiprymnus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1840: 178-179 [July 1841; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gould, J. 1841. On five new species of kangaroo. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1840: 92-94 [Apr. 1841; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gould, J. 1841. On two new species of kangaroos (Macropus manicatus and M. brachyotis) from Swan River. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1840: 127-128 [July 1841; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gould, J. 1842. (untitled abstract). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 10-14 [June 1842]
• Gould, J. 1842. A Monograph of the Macropodidae, or family of kangaroos. London : J. Gould Part 2.
• Gould, J. 1842. Description of two new species of kangaroos from Western Australia (Macropus ocydromus, Lagorchestes albipilis). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 10: 1-5
• Gould, J. 1842. Descriptions of four new species of kangaroos. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1841: 80-83 [Mar. 1842; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gould, J. 1842. On some new species of Australian mammals. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 10-14 [publication date established from Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society's 'Proceedings' from 1831 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 [438]]
• Gould, J. 1842. On two new species of kangaroo (Petrogale concinna and Halmaturus binoe). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 57-58
• Gould, J. 1843. On a new species of Kangaroo Rat. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1843: 81
• Gould, J. 1844. Descriptions of three new species of Halmaturus and Lagorchestes. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1844: 31-33
• Gould, J. 1844. Exhibition and character of a number of animals, &c. transmitted from Australia by Mr. Gilbert. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1844: 103-107 [publication date established from Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society's 'Proceedings' from 1831 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 [438]]
• Gould, J. 1845. [untitled abstract]. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845: 2 [May 1845]
• Gould, J. 1850. On new species of Mammalia and birds from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1849: 109-112 Aves pl. 12 [ante June 1850; publication date established from Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society's 'Proceedings' from 1831 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 [438]]
• Gould, J. 1851. The Mammals of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 3 2 pp.
• Gould, J. 1852. The Mammals of Australia. London : The Author Vol. 2 pls 20-21.
• Gould, J. 1853. The Mammals of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 5.
• Gould, J. 1856. The Mammals of Australia. London : J. Gould Part 8.
• Gould, J. 1860. The Mammals of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 2(12) pls 33-34. [1 Nov. 1860; publication date established from Sauer, G.C. 1982. John Gould the Bird Man A Chronology and Bibliography. Melbourne : Lansdowne 416 pp.; also published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. on 13 Nov. 1860]
• Gould, J. 1861. Mammals of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1 text to pl. 26. [Date published 1 May 1861: publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84 Iredale, T. & Troughton, E. le G. 1934. A check-list of the mammals recorded from Australia. Mem. Aust. Mus. 6: i–xii 1–122]
• Gould, J. 1863. The Mammals of Australia. London : J. Gould Vol. 1 i-xl, 1-69, pl. 1-60.
• Grant, G.D. & Ramsay, B.J. (eds) 1993. Workshop on kangaroo management. Removal of impediments to a sustainable commercial kangaroo industry. Canberra : Department of Primary Industries and Energy 51 pp.
• Grant, T.R. 1974. Observations on enclosed and free-ranging grey kangaroos Macropus giganteus. Zeitschrift fur Säugetierkunde 39: 65-78
• Gray, C. 1994. Observing the red-legged pademelon (Thylogale stigmatica). North Queensland Naturalist 197: 23-24
• Gray, J.E. 1821. On the natural arrangement of vertebrose animals. London Medical Repository 15: 296-310
• Gray, J.E. 1825. The Class Mammalia. pp. 1-3 in Griffith, E., Smith, C.H. & Pidgeon, E. (eds). The Animal Kingdom, arranged in conformity with its organisation, by the Baron Cuvier, member of the Institute of France, &c. With additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. London : G.B. Whittaker. [this work was originally issued in parts between 1825–1835]
• Gray, J.E. 1827. In Griffith, E., Smith, C.H. & Pidgeon, E. (1825–1835). The Animal Kingdom arranged in conformity with its organisation, by the Baron Cuvier, member of the Institute of France, &c. with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. London : G.B. Whittaker Vol. 5. [Vol. 5 subtitled Synopsis of the species of the Class Mammalia, as arranged with reference to their organisation, by Cuvier, and other naturalists. With specific characters, synonyma &c. &c]
• Gray, J.E. 1827. Synopsis of the species of the class Mammalia. pp. 185-206 in Griffith, E., Smith, C.H. & Pidgeon, E. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organisation by the Baron Cuvier, member of the Institute of France etc. with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. London : G.B. Whittaker & Co. Vol. 5 pp. 391.
• Gray, J.E. 1830. Spicilegia Zoologica, or original figures and short systematic descriptions of new and unfigured animals. London : Treuttel, Würtz & Co. Part 2.
• Gray, J.E. 1837. Description of some new or little known Mammalia, principally in the British Museum Collection. Magazine of Natural History ns 1: 577-587 [Date published Nov. 1837: publication date established from Thomas, O. 1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History). London : British Museum xiii 401 pp. 28 pls [3 Nov. 1888]]
• Gray, J.E. 1838. Notes on the above, with descriptions of two new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1: 106-108 [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84 [71]]
• Gray, J.E. 1838. With notes and descriptions of the new species. pp. 106–111 appendix to Gunn, R. Notices accompanying a collection of quadrupeds and fish from Van Diemen's Land. Annals of Natural History 1: 101-111
• Gray, J.E. 1840. A new marsupial animal (Perameles tuckeri). Annals of Natural History 5: 150
• Gray, J.E. 1841. Contributions towards the geographical distribution of the Mammalia in Australia, with notes on some recently discovered species, in a letter addressed to the Author. Appendix C. pp. 397-414 in Grey, G. (ed.). Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in North-west and Western Australia During the Years 1837, 38, and 39, Under the Authority of Her Majesty's Government. Describing many newly discovered, important, and fertile districts, with observations on the moral and physical condition of the aboriginal inhabitants, &c. &c. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 2 vii 482 pp. [Date published Nov. 1841]
• Gray, J.E. 1842. Description of two new species of Mammalia discovered in Australia by Captain George Grey, Governor of South Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 9: 39-42 [8 Mar. 1842; publication date established from Mahoney, J.A. 1981. The specific name of the honey possum (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae: Tarsipes rostratus Gervais & Verreaux, 1842). Australian Mammalogy 4: 135–138]
• Gray, J.E. 1843. List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum xxviii 216 pp. [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gray, J.E. 1855. Description of a new species of Petrogale. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 249 pl. 314 [Apr. 1855; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Gray, J.E. 1858. List of species of Mammalia sent from the Aru Islands by Mr A.R. Wallace to the British Museum. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1858: 106-113 pls 63-64 [Date published 27/Apr/1858: publication date established from Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society's 'Proceedings' from 1831 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 [440]]
• Gray, J.E. 1858. Observations on the genus Cuscus, with the description of a new species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1858: 100-105 [27 Apr. 1858]
• Gray, J.E. 1862. Additional observations on the genus Cuscus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 314-321 [7 Apr. 1862]
• Gray, J.E. 1866. Notes on some Mammalia from Port Albany (Cape York Peninsula), North Australia, with the descriptions of some new species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1866: 219-221 pl. 25 [Date published 5 Sept. 1866: publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84 [72]]
• Green, B., Griffiths, M. & Leckie, R.M.C. 1983. Qualitative and quantitative changes in milk fat during lactation in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 36: 455-461
• Green, B., Merchant, J. & Newgrain, K. 1988. Milk consumption and energetics of growth in pouch young of the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Australian Journal of Zoology 36: 217-227
• Green, B., Newgrain, K. & Merchant, J. 1980. Changes in milk composition during lactation in the tammar wallaby. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 33: 35-42
• Green, K., Mitchell, A.T. & Tennant, P. 1998. Home range and microhabitat use by long-footed potoroos, Potorous longipes. Wildlife Research 25: 357-372
• Green, K., Tory, M.K., Mitchell, A.T., Tennant, P. & May, T.W. 1999. The diet of the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous longipes). Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 151-156
• Green, K. & Mitchell, A.T. 1997. Breeding of the long-footed potoroo, Potorous longipes, (Marsupialia: Potoroidae), in the wild: behaviour, births and juvenile independence. Australian Mammalogy 20: 1-8
• Green, R.H. 1973. The Mammals of Tasmania. Launceston : Mary Fisher Bookshop xvi 76 pp.
• Green, R.H. 1980. The little pygmy-possum, Cercatetus lepidus in Tasmania. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 68: 1-12
• Green, R.H. 1995. Little Pygmy-possum Cercartetus lepidus. pp. 215-216 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Green, W.O. & Coleman, J.D. 1984. Response of a brush-tailed possum population to intensive trapping. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 11: 319-328
• Green, W.Q. 1984. A review of ecological studies relevant to management of the common brushtail possum. pp. 483-499 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Green, W.Q. 1986. Control of the possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) in New Zealand. pp. 249-259 in Richards, C.G.J. & Ku, T.Y. (eds). Control of mammal pests. London : Taylor and Francis.
• Green, W.Q. & Coleman, J.D. 1987. Den sites of possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, and frequency of use in mixed hardwood forest in Westland, New Zealand. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 285-292
• Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds) 1989. Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Grigor, M.R., Bennett, B.L., Carne, A. & Cowan, P.E. 1991. Whey protein of the common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula): isolation, characterization and changes in concentration in milk during lactation of transferrin, alpha-lactalbumin and serum albumin. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 98: 451-459
• Groves, C.P. 1982. The systematics of tree kangaroos (Dendrolagus: Marsupialia, Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 5: 157-186
• Guiler, E.R. 1958. Observations on a population of small marsupials in Tasmania. Journal of Mammalogy 39: 44-58
• Guiler, E.R. 1960. The breeding season of Potorous tridactylus (Kerr). Australian Journal of Science 23: 126-127
• Guiler, E.R. 1960. The pouch young of the potoroo. Journal of Mammalogy 41: 441-451
• Guiler, E.R. 1971. Food of the potoroo (Marsupialia, Macropodidae). Journal of Mammalogy 52: 232-234
• Gullan, P. & Norris, K. 1984. The habitat of Burramys parvus (Broom) in Victoria. pp. 417-421 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Gunson, M.M., Sharman, G.B. & Thomson, J.A. 1968. The affinities of Burramys (Marsupialia: Phalangeroidea) as revealed by a study of its chromosomes. Australian Journal of Science 31: 40-41
• Günther, A. 1874. Description of a new species of kangaroo. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 653
• Haffenden, A. 1984. Breeding, growth and development in the Herbert River possum, Pseudocheirus herbertensis herbertensis (Marsupialia: Petauridae). pp. 277-281 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Hall, L.S. & Hughes, R.L. 1987. An evolutionary perspective of structural adaptations for environmental perception and utilization by the neonatal marsupials Trichosurus vulpecula (Phalangeridae) and Didelphis virginiana (Didelphidae). pp. 257-271 in Archer, M. (ed.). Possums and Opossums: studies in evolution. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 2 vols lxxii 788 pp.
• Hamilton Smith, [?] 1842. Introduction to the mammals. in Jardine, The Naturalist's Library. Vol. 1.
• Handasyde, K. 2000. Striped possums: the bold and the beautiful. Nature Australia 28(9): 27-31
• Handasyde, K.A. & Martin, R.W. 1996. Field observations on the common striped possum (Dactylopsila trivirgata) in north Queensland. Wildlife Research 23: 755-766
• Harley, D.K.P. 2005. The life history and conservation of Leadbeater's possum (Gymnobelideus leadbeateri) in lowland swamp forest. Unpublished PhD. Thesis. Melbourne: Monash University.
• Harman, A.M. 1995. The optic chiasm of Australian marsupials. Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 467-477
• Harris, J.M. 2005. Annotated records of the eastern pygmy-possum Cercartetus nanus from the Victorian Naturalist 1884-2004. Victorian Naturalist 122: 146-150
• Harris, J.M., Gynther, I.C., Eyre, T.J., Goldingay, R.L. & Mathieson 2007. Distribution, habitat and conservation of the Eastern Pygmy-possum Cercartetus nanus in Queensland. The Australian Zoologist 34(2): 209-221
• Harris, J.M. & Goldingay, R.L. 2005. Detection of the eastern pygmy-possum Cercartetus nanus at Barren Grounds Nature Reserve, New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 27: 85-88
• Harris, J.M. & Goldingay, R.L. 2005. Distribution, habitat and conservation of the eastern pygmy-possum Cercartetus nanus in Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 27: 185-210
• Harris, P.M., Dellow, D.W. & Broadhurst, R.B. 1985. Protein and energy requirements and deposition in the growing brushtail possum and rex rabbit. Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 425-436
• Hayman, D. & Sharp, P. 1981. Verification of the structure of the complex sex chromosome system in Lagorchestes conspicillatus Gould (Marsupialia: Mammalia). Chromosoma (Berlin) 83: 263-274
• Hayman, D.L. & Martin, P.G. 1974. Mammalia 1: Monotremata and Marsupialia. Animal Cytogenetics. Chordata. Berlin : Gebrüder Borntraeger Vol. 4 110 pp.
• Hayman, D.L. & Rodger, J.C. 1990. Meiosis in male and female Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia). Heredity 64: 251-254
• Hayman, D.L. & Sharp, P.J. 1982. The chromosomes of Tarsipes spencerae Gray (Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 30: 799-803
• Haynes, J.I. 1995. Parathyroid morphology of the brush-tail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Anatomical Records 241: 401-410
• Hayward, M.W., de Tores, P.J., Dillion, M.J. & Banks, P.B. 2007. Predicting the occurrence of the quokka (Macropodidae: Marsupialia) in Western Australia's northern jarrah forest. Wildlife Research 34: 194-199
• Hayward, M.W., de Torres, P.J., Dillon, M.J. & Fox, B.J. 2003. Local population structure of a naturally occurring metapopulations of the quokka (Setonix brachyurus Macropodidae: Marsupialia). Biological Conservation 110: 343-355
• Hazliitt, S.L., Eldridge, M.D.B. & Goldizen, A.W. 2004. Strong female philopatry within a brush-tailed rock-wallaby colony in southeast Queensland determined by fine-scale spatial genetic correlation analyses. Molecular Ecology 13: 3621-3632
• Heathcote, C.F. 1987. Grouping of eastern grey kangaroos in open habitat. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 343-348
• Heathcote, C.F. 1989. Social behaviour of the black-striped wallaby Macropus dorsalis, in captivity. pp. 625-628 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Heighway, H.R. 1939. The Anatomy of Hypsipyrymnodon moschatus Unpubl. M.D. Thesis. Sydney : Univ. Sydney.
• Heinsohn, G.E. 1968. Habitat requirements and reproductive potential of the macropod marsupial Potorous tridactylus in Tasmania. Mammalia 32: 30-34
• Heinze, D., Broome, L. & Mansergh, I. 2004. A review of the ecology and conservation of the mountain pygmy-possum Burramys parvus Broom 1896. pp. 254-267 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Heinze, D. & Williams, L. 1998. The discovery of the mountain pygmy-possum Burramys parvus on Mount Buller, Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 115: 132-134
• Helgen, K. & Flannery, T. 2003. Taxonomy and hisorical distribution of the wallaby genus Lagostrophus. Australian Journal of Zoology 51: 199-212
• Henry, S.R. 1984. Social organization of the Greater glider (Petauroides volans) in Victoria. pp. 221-228 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Henry, S.R. & Craig, S.A. 1984. Diet, ranging behaviour and social organization of the yellow-bellied glider (Petaurus australis Shaw) in Victoria. pp. 331-341 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Henry, S.R. & Craig, S.A. 1984. Social behavior of the yellow-bellied glider (Petaurus australis Shaw) in Victoria. pp. 331-341 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Henry, S.R. & Suckling, G.C. 1984. A review of the ecology of the sugar glider. pp. 355-358 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Henry, S.R. & Suckling, G.C. 1984. A review of the ecology of the Sugar glider (Petaureus breviceps). pp. 355-358 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Herter, U., Schneider, I. & Ganslosser, U. 1985. Some remarks on the behavioural repertoire of the parma wallaby, Macropus parma Waterhouse. Zoologischer Anzeiger 215: 287-297
• Higginbottom, K. 1989. Macropod studies at Wallaby Creek. VII. Capture of wild red-necked wallabies by 'blow darting'. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 173-178
• Higginbottom, K. 2000. Relationships between food quality and reproductive success in female red-necked wallabies Macropus rufogriseus banksianus. Wildlife Biology 6: 129-139
• Higginbottom, K. & Johnson, C.N. 2000. Partial seasonality of breeding in red-necked wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus). Journal of Zoology, London 251: 71-77
• Higgins, E.T. & Petterd, W.F. 1884. Descriptions of new Tasmanian animals. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1883: 181-184, pl.196 [Date published before 25 June 1884: publication date established from Anon. 1953. Annual Report, 1952. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 87: ii–viii [vi]]
• Hill, G.J.E. 1982. Seasonal movement patterns of the eastern grey kangaroo in southern Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 373-387
• Hill, G.J.E., Barnes, A. & Wilson, G.R. 1985. Time of day and aerial counts of grey kangaroos. Journal of Wildlife Management 49: 843-849
• Hill, G.J.E., Barnes, A. & Wilson, G.R. 1988. The use of wheat crops by grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus, in southern Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 111-117
• Hill, G.J.E. & Phinn, S.R. 1993. Revegetated sand mining areas, swamp wallabies and remote sensing: North Stradbroke Island. Australian Geographical Studies 31: 3-13
• Hindell, M.A. & Lee, A.K. 1987. Habitat use and tree preferences of koalas in a mixed eucalypt forest. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 349-360
• Hinds, L.A. 1989. Morning pulse of prolactin maintains seasonal quiescence in the tammar, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 87: 735-744
• Hinds, L.A. 1990. Control of pregnancy, parturition and luteolysis in marsupials. Reproduction, Fertility and Development 2: 535-552
• Hinds, L.A., Diggle, P.J. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1992. Effects of the ovary, sucking stimulus and season on the pattern of LH and FSH release in the female tammar (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 4: 25-34
• Hinds, L.A., Poole, W.E., Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H., van Oorschott, R.A.H. & Cooper, D.W. 1990. Reproductive biology and the potential for genetic studies in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 223-234
• Hinds, L.A. & Louden, A.S.I. 1997. Mechanisms for seasonality in marsupials: comparative view. pp. 41-70 in Saunders, N.R. & Hinds, L.A. (eds). Marsupial Biology: Recent research, new perspectives. Sydney : University of N.S.W. Press 413 pp.
• Hinds, L.A. & Ottolander, R.C. den 1983. Effect of changing photoperiod on peripheral plasma prolactin and progesterone concentrations in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 69: 631-639
• Hinds, L.A. & Smith, M.J. 1992. Evidence from plasma progesterone concentrations for male-induced ovulation in the brush-tailed bettong, Bettongia penicillata. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 95: 291-302
• Hinds, L.A. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1994. The effects of bromocriptine on lactation and subsequent reproduction in grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus and Macropus giganteus. Reproduction, Fertility and Development 6: 705-711
• Hodgson, A.J., Marsh, H. & Cockeron, P.J. 2004. Provisioning by tourists affects the behaviour but not the body condition of Mareeba rock-wallabies (Petrogale mareeba). Wildlife Research 31: 451-456
• Hogg, B.W., Catcheside, L.M., Mercer, G.J.K., Pearson, A.J. & Ashby, M.G. 1992. Carcass composition and meat quality of brush-tail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Meat Science 31: 327-341
• Hollis, C.J., Robertshaw, J.D. & Harden, R.H. 1986. Ecology of the swamp wallaby, Wallabia bicolor, in north-eastern New South Wales. I. Diet. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 355-365
• Hollis, C.J., Robertshaw, J.D. & Harden, R.H. 1986. Ecology of the swamp wallaby in north-eastern New South Wales, Australia, I. Diet. Wildlife Research 13: 355-366
• Holloway, C.T. 2001. Habitat preferences of the Proserpine rock-wallaby Petrogale persephone. Unpublished Honours thesis. Townsville : James Cook University.
• Hoolihan, D.W. & Goldizen, A.W. 1998. The grouping dynamics of the black-striped wallaby. Wildlife Research 25: 467-474
• Hopwood, P.R. & Butterfield, R.M. 1976. The musculature of the proximal pelvic limbs of the eastern grey kangaroo Macropus major (Shaw) Macropus giganteus (Zimm.). Journal of Anatomy 121: 259-277
• Hopwood, P.R. & Butterfield, R.M. 1990. The locomotor apparatus of the crus and pes of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 397-413
• Hopwood, P.R. & Griffiths, D.A. 1984. Carcass muscle-weight distributions and yield: a comparison between male and female grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 299-302
• Hornsby, P. 1997. Possible causes of mortality in the yellow-footed rock-wallaby, P. xanthopus. Australian Mammalogy 19: 245-248
• Horsup, A. 1994. Home range of the allied rock-wallaby, Petrogale assimilus. Wildlife Research 21: 65-84
• Horsup, A. & Evans, M. 1993. Predation by feral cats, Felis catus, on an endangered marsupial, the bridled nailtail wallaby, Onychogalea fraenata. Australian Mammalogy 16: 83-84
• Horsup, A. & Marsh, H. 1992. The diet of the allied rock-wallaby, Petrogale assimilis, in the wet-dry tropics. Wildlife Research 19: 17-33
• Horton, D.R. & Murray, P. 1980. The extinct toolache wallaby (Macropus greyi) from a spring mound in north-western Tasmania. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 71: 1-12
• How, R.A. 1981. Population parameters in congeneric possums, Trichosurus spp. in north-eastern NSW. Australian Journal of Zoology 29: 205-215
• How, R.A. 1995. Mountain Brushtail Possum Trichosurus caninus. pp. 271-272 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• How, R.A., Barnett, J.L., Bradley, A.J., Humphreys, W.P. & Martin, R. 1984. The population biology of Pseudocheirus peregrinus in a Leptospermum laevigatum thicket. pp. 261-268 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• How, R.A. & Kerle, J.A. 1995. Common Brushtail Possum Trichosurus vulpecula. pp. 273-275 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Howard, J. 1989. Diet of Petaurus breviceps (Marsupialia: Petauridae) in a mosaic of coastal woodland and heath. Australian Mammalogy 12: 15-21
• Huang, C., Ward, S. & Lee, A.K. 1987. Comparison of the diets of the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus, and the eastern pygmy possum, Cercartetus nanus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae) in sympatry. Australian Mammalogy 10: 47-50
• Hughes, R.L. 1962. Reproduction in the macropod marsupial Potorous tridactylus (Kerr). Australian Journal of Zoology 10: 193-224
• Hughes, R.L. 1964. Sexual development and spermatozoon morphology in the male macropod marsupial Potorous tridactylus (Kerr). Australian Journal of Zoology 2: 42-51
• Hughes, R.L., Thomson, J.A. & Owen, W.H. 1965. Reproduction in natural population of the Australian ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) in Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 13: 383-406
• Hughes, R.L. & Hall, L.S. 1984. Embryonic development in the common brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula. pp. 197-212 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Hume, I. 1986. Nitrogen metabolism in the parma wallaby, Macropus parma. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 355-365
• Hume, I.D., Bladon, R.V. & Soran, N. 1996. Seasonal changes in digestive performance of common ringtail possums (Pseudocheirus peregrinus) fed Eucalyptus foliage. Australian Journal of Zoology 44: 327-336
• Hume, I.D., Foley, W.J. & Chilcott, M.J. 1984. Physiological mechanisms of foliage digestion in greater glider and ringtail possum (Marsupialia: Pseudocheiridae). pp. 247-251 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Hume, I.D., Foley, W.J. & Chilcott, M.J. 1984. Physiological mechanisms of foliage digestion in the greater glider and ringtail possum. pp. 247-251 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Hume, L.D., Jarman, P.J., Renfree, M.B. & Temple-Smith, P.D. 1989. Macropodidae. pp. 679-715 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 1B 827 pp.
• Humphreys, W.F., How, R.A., Bradley, A.J., Kemper, C.M. & Kitchener, D.J. 1984. The biology of Wyulda squamicaudata Alexander 1919. pp. 162-169 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Hunter, S. 1992. Attempts at breeding the mountain pygmy possum at Healesville sanctuary. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 17(4): 2-4
• Illiger, J.C.W. 1811. Prodromus Systematis Mammalium et Avium, additis terminis zoographicis utriusque classis, eorumque versione Germanica. Berolini : Sumptibus C. Salfeld xvii 301 pp.
• Illiger, K. 1815. Überblick der Säugethiere nach ihrer Vertheilung über die Welttheile. Abhandlungen der Königlich-Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin 1804–1811: 39-160
• Ingleby, S. 1991. Distribution and status of the northern nailtail wallaby, Onychogalea unguifera (Gould, 1841). Wildlife Research 18: 655-676
• Ingleby, S. 1991. Distribution and status of the spectacled hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes conspicillatus. Wildlife Research 18: 501-519
• Ingleby, S. & Gordon, G. 1995. Northern Nailtail Wallaby Onychogalea unguifera. pp. 361-362 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Ingleby, S. & Westoby, M. 1992. Habitat requirements of the spectacled hare-wallaby (Lagorchestes conspicillatus) in the Northern Territory and Western Australia. Wildlife Research 19: 721-741
• Ingleby, S. Westoby, M. & Latz, P.K. 1989. Habitat requirements of the northern nailtail wallaby Onychogalea unguifera (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the Northern Territory and Western Australia. pp. 767-782 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Inions, G.B., Tanton, M.T. & Davey, S.M. 1989. Effect of fire on the availability of hollows in trees used by the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr, 1792, and the ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus Boddaert, 1785. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 449-458
• Inns, R.W. 1980. Ecology of the Tammar, Macropus eugenii (Desmarest) in Flinders Chase National Park, Kangaroo Island. Ph.D. thesis, Adelaide : University of Adelaide.
• Inns, R.W. 1982. Age determination in the Kangaroo Island wallaby, Macropus eugenii (Desmarest). Australian Wildlife Research 9: 213-220
• Inns, R.W. 1982. Life-spans of the tammar wallaby Macropus eugenii (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in wild populations. Australian Mammalogy 5: 283-284
• Inns, R.W. 1982. Seasonal changes in the accessory reproductive system and plasma testosterone levels of the male tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii, in the wild. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 66: 607-6134
• International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 1956. Opinion 417. Rejection for nomenclatorial purposes of volume 3 (Zoologie) of the work by Lorenz Oken entitled Okens Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte published in 1815–1816. Opinions and Declarations rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 14: 1-42
• Iredale, T. & Troughton, E. le G. 1934. A check-list of the mammals recorded from Australia. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 6: i-xii 1-122
• Iwaniuk, A.N., Nelson, J.E., Ivanco, T.L., Pellis, S.M. & Whishaw, I.Q. 1998. Reaching, grasping and manipulation of food objects by two tree kangaroo species, Dendrolagus lumholtzi and Dendrolagus matschiei. Australian Journal of Zoology 1998: 235-248
• Jackson, S. 1994. Sugar glider or squirrel glider - determined the difference. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 19: 4-10
• Jackson, S. & Groves, C. 2015. Taxonomy of Australian Mammals. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing 520 pp.
• Jackson, S.M. 1999. Preliminary predictions of the impacts of habitat area and catastrophes on the viability of mahogany glider Petaurus gracilis populations. Pacific Conservation Biology 5: 56-62
• Jackson, S.M. 2000. Glide angle in the genus Petaurus and a review of gliding in mammals. Mammal Review 30: 9-30
• Jackson, S.M. 2000. Habitat relationships of the mahogany glider Petaurus gracilis and the sugar glider Petaurus breviceps. Wildlife Research 27: 39-48
• Jackson, S.M. 2000. Home-range and den use of the mahogany glider Petaurus gracilis. Wildlife Research 27: 49-60
• Jackson, S.M. 2000. Population dynamics and life history of the mahogany glider Petaurus gracilis and sugar glider Petaurus breviceps in North Queensland. Wildlife Research 27: 21-37
• Jackson, S.M. 2001. Foraging behaviour and food availability of the mahogany glider Petaurus gracilis (Petauridae: Marsupialia). Journal of Zoology, London 253: 1-13
• Jackson, S.M. & Claridge, A. 1999. Climatic modelling of the distribution of the mahogany glider and squirrel glider Petaurus norfolcensis, with implications for their evolutionary history. Australian Journal of Zoology 47: 47-57
• Jackson, S.M. & Johnson, C.N. 2002. Time allocation to foraging in the mahogany glider Petaurus gracilis (Marsupialia, Petauridae) and a comparison of activity times in exudivorous and folivorous possums and gliders. Journal of Zoology, London 256: 271-277
• James, E.A. & Green, R.H. 1982. Population structure and age determination in a series of skulls from four populations of the Tasmanian brush-tailed possum Trichosurus vulpecula. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 80: 1-12
• Janke, A., Xu, Xiufeng & Arnason, U. 1997. The complete mitochondrial genome of the wallaroo (Macropus robustus) and the phylogenetic relationship among Monotremata, Marsupialia, and Eutheria. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 94: 1276-1281
• Janssens, P.A., Grigg, J.A., Dove, H. & Hulbert, A.J. 1990. Thyroid hormones during development of a marsupial, the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Endocrinology 127: 427-436
• Janssens, P.A., Messer, M. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1988. Changes in nutritional metabolism during weaning. pp. 162-175 in Janssens, P.A. (ed.). The developing marsupial. Models for biomedical research. Berlin : Springer-Verlag 245 pp.
• Janssens, P.A. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1982. Metabolic effects of ACTH in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii: the role of the adrenal medulla. General and Comparative Endocrinology 47: 221-225
• Jaremovic, R.V. & Croft, D.B. 1987. Comparison of techniques to determine eastern grey kangaroo home range. Journal of Wildlife Management 51: 921-930
• Jaremovic, R.V. & Croft, D.B. 1991. Social organisation of eastern grey kangaroos in southeastern New South Wales. II. Associations within mixed groups. Mammalia 55: 543-554
• Jaremovic, R.V. & Croft, D.B. 1991. Social organization of the eastern grey kangaroo (Macropodidae: Marsupialia) in southeastern New South Wales. I. Groups and group home ranges. Mammalia 55: 169-185
• Jarman, P.J. 1987. Group size and activity in eastern grey kangaroos. Animal Behaviour 35: 1044-1050
• Jarman, P.J. 1991. Social behaviour and organisation in the Macropodoidea. pp. 1-50 in Slater, P.J.B., Rosenblatt, J.S., Beer, C. & Milinski, M. (eds). Advances in the study of behaviour. San Diego : Academic Press Vol. 20.
• Jarman, P.J. 1994. The eating of seedheads by species of Macropodidae. Australian Mammalogy 17: 51-63
• Jarman, P.J., Phillips, C.M. & Rabbidge, J.J. 1991. Diets of black-striped wallabies in New South Wales. Wildlife Research 18: 403-412
• Jarman, P.J. & Bayne, P. 1997. Behavioural ecology of P. penicillata in relation to conservation. Australian Mammalogy 19: 219-228
• Jarman, P.J. & Taylor, R.J. 1983. Ranging of eastern grey kangaroos and wallaroos on a New England pastoral property. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 33-38
• Jelinek, A., Cameron, D., Belcher, C. & Turner, L. 1995. New perspectives on the ecology of Lake Mountain : the discovery of Leadbeater's possum Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy in sub-alpine woodland. Victorian Naturalist 112: 112-115
• Johnson, C.N. 1983. Variations in group size and composition in red and western grey kangaroos, Macropus rufus (Desmarest) and M. fuliginosus (Desmarest). Australian Wildlife Research 10: 25-31
• Johnson, C.N. 1986. Philopatry, reproductive success of females, and maternal investment in the red-necked wallaby. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 19: 143-150
• Johnson, C.N. 1987. Macropod studies at Wallaby Creek IV. Home range and movements of the red-necked wallaby. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 125-132
• Johnson, C.N. 1987. Relationships between mother and infant red-necked wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus). Ethology 74: 1-20
• Johnson, C.N. 1989. Grouping and the structure of association in the red-necked wallaby. Journal of Mammalogy 70: 18-26
• Johnson, C.N. 1989. Mortality of immature red-necked wallabies. Journal of Mammalogy 70: 202-204
• Johnson, C.N. 1989. Social interactions and reproductive tactics in red-necked wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus). Journal of Zoology, London 217: 267-280
• Johnson, C.N. 1994. Distribution of feeding activity of the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi) in relation to vegetation patterns. Wildlife Research 21: 249-255
• Johnson, C.N. 1994. Mycophagy and spore dispersal by a rat-kangaroo; Consumption of ectomycorrhizal taxa in relation to their abundance. Functional Ecology 1994: 464-468
• Johnson, C.N. 1994. Nutritional ecology of a mycophagous marsupial in relation to production of hypogeous fungi. Ecology 75: 2015-2021
• Johnson, C.N. 1995. Interactions between fire, mycophagous mammals, and dispersal of ectomycorrhizal fungi in Eucalyptus forests. Oecologia (Berlin) 104: 467-475
• Johnson, C.N. 1997. Fire and habitat management for a mycophagous marsupial, the Tasmanian bettong Bettongia gaimardi. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 101-105
• Johnson, C.N., Jarman, P.J. & Southwell, C.J. 1987. Macropod studies at Wallaby Creek V. Patterns of defaecation by eastern grey kangaroos and red-necked wallabies. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 133-138
• Johnson, C.N. & Bayliss, P.G. 1981. Habitat selection by sex, age and reproductive class in the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus, in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 465-474
• Johnson, C.N. & McIlwee, A.P. 1997. Ecology of the northern bettong, Bettongia tropica, a tropical mycophagist. Wildlife Research 24: 549-560
• Johnson, K.A. 1980. Spatial and temporal use of habitat by the red-necked pademelon, Thylogale thetis (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Wildlife Research 7: 157-166
• Johnson, K.A. 1995. Red-necked Pademelon Thylogale thetis. pp. 399-400 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Johnson, K.A., Gibson, D.F., Langford, D.G. & Cole, J.R. 1996. Recovery of the mala Lagorchestes hirsutus: a 30-year unfinished journey. pp. 155-161 in Stephen, S. & Maxwell, S. (eds). Back from the Brink: Refining the Threatened Species Recovery Process. Canberra : Australian Nature Conservation Agency.
• Johnson, K.A. & Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Rufous Hare-wallaby Lagorchestes hirsutus. pp. 316-318 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Johnson, K.A. & Rose, R. 1995. Tasmanian Pademelon Thylogale billardierii. pp. 394-396 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland.
• Johnson, P. 2008. Black-striped Wallaby Macropus dorsalis. pp. 329–330 in van Dyck, S. & Strahan, R. The Mammals of Australia. Third Edition. Sydney : Reed New Holland 887 pp.
• Johnson, P.M. 1978. Studies of Macropodidae in Queensland 9. Reproduction of the rufous rat-kangaroo Aepyprymnus rufescens (Gray) in captivity with age estimation of pouch young. Queensland Journal of Agricultural and Animal Science 35: 69-72
• Johnson, P.M. 1979. Reproduction in the plain rock-wallaby, Petrogale penicillata inornata Gould, in captivity, with age estimation of the pouch young. Australian Wildlife Research 6: 1-4
• Johnson, P.M. 1980. Field observations on group compositions in the agile wallaby, Macropus agilis (Gould) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Wildlife Research 7: 327-331
• Johnson, P.M. 1980. Observations on the behaviour of the rufous rat-kangaroo, Aepyprymnus rufescens (Gray), in captivity. Australian Wildlife Research 7: 347-357
• Johnson, P.M. 1983. Sex determination of the agile wallaby (Macropus agilis (Gould)) using adult skulls. Queensland Journal of Agricultural and Animal Science 40: 65-66 [Date published 1985]
• Johnson, P.M. 1993. Reproduction of the spectacled hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes conspicillatus Gould (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in captivity, with age estimation of the pouch young. Wildlife Research 20: 97-101
• Johnson, P.M. 1995. Lumholtz's Tree-kangaroo Dendrolagus lumholtzi. pp. 309-310 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Johnson, P.M. 1995. Whiptail Wallaby Macropus parryi. pp. 344-346 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Johnson, P.M. 1997. Reproduction in the bridled nailtail wallaby, Onychogalea fraenata Gould (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in captivity. Wildlife Research 24: 411-416
• Johnson, P.M. 1998. Reproduction of the whiptail wallaby, Macropus parryi Bennett (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in captivity with age estimation of the pouch young. Wildlife Research 25: 635-641
• Johnson, P.M. 2003. Kangaroos of Queensland. Brisbane : Queensland Museum.
• Johnson, P.M., Haffenden, A.T. & Denison, J. 1983. Husbandry of the musky rat-kangaroo in captivity. Journal of the Australian Animal Technicians Association 8: 1-8
• Johnson, P.M., Nolan, B.J. & Schaper, D.N. 2003. Introduction of the Proserpine rock-wallaby Petrogale persephone from mainland Queensland to nearby Hayman Island. Australian Mammalogy 25: 61-71
• Johnson, P.M. & Delean, J.S.C. 1998. Sex determination of the whiptail wallaby Macropus parryi using adult skulls. Australian Mammalogy 20: 425-426
• Johnson, P.M. & Delean, J.S.C. 1999. Reproduction in the Proserpine rock-wallaby, Petrogale persephone Maynes (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in captivity, with age estimation and development of the pouch young. Wildlife Research 26: 631-639
• Johnson, P.M. & Delean, S. 2002. Development and age estimation of the pouch young of the black-striped wallaby Macropus dorsalis with notes on reproduction. Australian Mammalogy 24: 193-198
• Johnson, P.M. & Delean, S. 2002. Reproduction of the purple-necked rock-wallaby Petrogale purpureicollis Le Souef (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in captivity, with age estimation and development of the pouch young. Wildlife Research 29: 463-468
• Johnson, P.M. & Delean, S. 2003. Reproduction of Lumholt's tree kangaroo, Dendrolagus lumholtzi (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in captivity, with age estimation and development of the pouch young. Wildlife Research 30: 505-512
• Johnson, P.M. & Strahan, R. 1982. A further description of the Musky Rat-Kangaroo, Hypsiprymnodon moschatus Ramsay, 1876 (Marsupialia, Potoroidae), with notes on its biology. The Australian Zoologist 21: 27-46
• Johnson, P.M. & Vernes, K. 1994. Reproduction in the red-legged pademelon, Thylogale stigmatica Gould (Marsupialia, Macropodidae), and age estimation and development of pouch young. Wildlife Research 21: 553-558
• Johnson, P.M. & Vernes, K.A. 1995. Red-legged Pademelon Thylogale stigmatica. pp. 397-398 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Johnson, S.D. & Buchmann, O.L.K.A. 1993. First record of the concurrent presence of sibling pouch young in free-living potoroo (Potorous tridactylus). Mammalia 57: 441-444
• Johnson-Murray, J.L. 1987. The comparative myology of the gliding membranes of Acrobates, Petauroides and Petaurus contrasted with the cutaneous myology of Hemibelideus and Pseudocheirus (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) and with selected gliding Rodentia (Sciuridae and Anomaluridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 35: 101-113
• Johnston, P.G. 1995. Long-nosed Potoroo Potorous tridactylus. pp. 301-302 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Johnston, P.G. & Sharman, G.B. 1976. Studies on populations of Potorous Desmarest (Marsupialia) I. Morphological variation. Australian Journal of Zoology 24: 573-588
• Johnston, P.G. & Sharman, G.B. 1977. Studies on populations of Potorous Desmarest (Marsupialia) II. Electrophoretic, chromosomal and breeding studies. Australian Journal of Zoology 25: 733-747
• Johnston, P.G. & Sharman, G.B. 1979. Electrophoretic, chromosomal and morphometric studies on the red-necked wallaby, Macropus rufogriseus (Desmarest). Australian Journal of Zoology 27: 433-441
• Johnston, P.M. & Lyon, B.J. 1985. The spectacled hare-wallaby in Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal 111: 116
• Jollie, S.E., Scobie, S. & Coleman, M.C. 1995. Breeding capacity of female brushtail possums Trichosurus vulpecula in captivity. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 22: 325-330
• Jolly, C.J., Moore, H.A., Cowan, M.A., Cremona, T., Dunlop, J.A., Legge, S.M., Linley, G.D, Miritis, V., Woinarski, J.C.Z. & Nimmo, D.G. 2022. Taxonomic revision reveals potential impacts of Black Summer megafires on a cryptic species. Pacific Conservation Biology 29(1): 17-25
• Jolly, S.E. 1993. Carbon dioxide as an anaesthetic agent for use on the brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Australian Mammalogy 16: 67-68
• Jolly, S.E., Eason, C.T., Frampton, C. & Gumbrell, R.C. 1994. The anticoagulent pindone causes liver damage in the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Australian Veterinary Journal 71: 220
• Jones, B. & Hillcox, S. 1995. A survey of the possums Trichosurus vulpecula and Pseudocheirus occidentalis and their habitats in forest at Ludlow, Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 1995: 139-150
• Jones, B.A., How, R.A. & Kitchener, D.J. 1994. A field study of Pseudocheirus occidentalis (Marsupialia : Petauridae). I. distribution and habitat. Wildlife Research 21: 175-187
• Jones, B.A., How, R.A. & Kitchener, D.J. 1994. A field study of Pseudocheirus occidentalis (Marsupialia: Petauridae). II. Population studies. Wildlife Research 21: 189-202
• Jones, C.J. & Geiser, F. 1992. Prolonged daily torpor in the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia: Acrobatidae). Journal of Zoology, London 227: 101-108
• Jones, F.W. 1924. The flora and fauna of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Group. No. 15.—The Pearson Island rat and the Flinders Island wallaby. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 48: 10-14
• Jones, F.W. 1925. A new South Australian dormouse opossum. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 49: 96-98 [24 Dec. 1925]
• Jones, K.M.W., Maclagan, S.J. & Krockenberger, A.K. 2006. Diet selection in the green ringtail possum (Pseudochirops archeri): a specialist folivore in a diverse forest. Austral Ecology 31: 779-807
• Jones, M., Taggart, D.A. & Temple-Smith, P.D. 2004. Age determination and growth in wild Petrogale lateralis pearsoni and captive Petrogale 'MacDonnell ranges race'. Australian Journal of Zoology 52: 447-461
• Jones, M.E.E., Bradshaw, S.D., Fergusson, B. & Watts, R. 1990. Effect of available surface water on levels of antidiuretic hormone (lysine vasopressin) and water and electrolyte metabolism of the Rottnest Island quokka (Setonix brachyurus). General and Comparative Endocrinology 77: 75-87
• Jones, N. & Johnson, G.A. 1997. The Long-footed Potoroo in the north-east Victorian Alps: 1995-1996 Survey Report. Flora and Fauna Technical Report. No. 47. Melbourne : Department of Natural Resources and Environment.
• Jonson, P.M. & Delean, S. 2001. Reproduction in the northern bettong, Bettongia tropica Wakefield (Marsupialia: Potoroidae), in captivity with age estimation and development of pouch young. Wildlife Research 28: 79-85
• Jourdan, [?] 1837. Mémoire sur quelques mammifères nouveaux. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 5: 521-524 [Oct. 1837; publication date established from Thomas, O. 1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History). London : British Museum xiii 401 pp. 28 pls [3 Nov. 1888]]
• Juzva, K. & Peeters, P.A. 1992. A preliminary report on the status of sugar gliders Petaurus breviceps (Waterhouse) reintroduced into Blackburn Lake Sanctuary, Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 109: 168-172
• Kakulas, B.A. 1982. Man, marsupials and muscle. An investigation of muscular paralysis occurring in the Rottnest Island quokka (Setonix brachyurus). Nedlands : University of W.A. 422 pp.
• Kaldor, I. & Morgan, E.H. 1986. Iron metabolism during lactation and suckling in a marsupial, the quokka (Setonix brachyurus). Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 84: 691-694
• Kanowski, J. 2004. What factors control the distribution and abundance of folivores inhabiting rainforest of the Atherton Tablelands in north-east Queensland? pp. 539-548 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Kaufmann, J.H. 1974. Social ethology of the whiptail wallaby, Macropus parryi, in northeastern New South Wales. Animal Behaviour 22: 281-369
• Kavanagh, R. 1987. Foraging behaviour of the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis (Marsupialia: Petauridae), near Eden, New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 10: 37-39
• Kavanagh, R.P. 1987. Forest phenology and its effect on foraging behaviour and selection of habitat by the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis Shaw. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 371-384
• Kavanagh, R.P. & Rohan-Jones, W.G. 1982. Calling behaviour of the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis Shaw (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Mammalogy 5: 95-111
• Kehl, J. & Borsboom, A. 1984. Home range, den tree use and activity patterns in the Greater glider, Petauroides volans. pp. 229-236 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Kemp, L.F. & Carthew, S.M. 2004. Nest site selection by the western pygmy-possum Cercartetus concinnus. pp. 237-245 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Ker, R., Dimery, N.J. & Alexander, R.McN. 1986. The role of tendon elasticity in hopping in a wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus). Journal of Zoology, London A 208: 417-428
• Kerle, A. 2001. Possums: The Brushtails, Ringtails and Greater Glider. Sydney : University of NSW Press.
• Kerle, J.A. 1984. The behaviour of Burramys parvus Broom (Marsupialia) in captivity. Mammalia 48: 317-325
• Kerle, J.A. 1984. Variation in the ecology of Trichosurus: its adaptive significance. pp. 115-128 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Kerle, J.A. 1985. Habitat preference and diet of the northern brushtail possum Trichosurus arnhemensis in the Alligator Rivers region, N.T. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 161-176
• Kerle, J.A. 1998. The population dynamics of a tropical possum, Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis Collett. Wildlife Research 25: 171-181
• Kerle, J.A., Foulkes, J.N., Kimber, R.G. & Papenfus, D. 1992. The decline of the brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr, 1798) in arid Australia. Rangeland Journal 14: 107-127
• Kerle, J.A., McKay, G.M. & Sharman, G.B.A. 1991. A systematic analysis of the brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr, 1792) (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 313-331
• Kerle, J.A. & Howe, C.J. 1992. The breeding biology of a tropical possum Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis (Phalangeridae: Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 107-127
• Kerle, J.A. & Winter, J.W. 1995. Rock Ringtail Possum Petropseudes dahli. pp. 242-243 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Kerr, J.B. & Weiss, M. 1991. Spontaneous or experimentally induced formation of a special zone in the adrenal cortex of the adult brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). American Journal of Anatomy 190: 101-117
• Kerr, R. 1792. The Animal Kingdom, or zoological system, of the celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus; Class 1. Mammalia, containing a complete systematic description, arrangement, and nomenclature, of all the known species and varieties of the Mammalia, or animals which give suck to their young; being a translation of that part of the Systema Naturae, as lately published, with great improvements, by Professor Gmelin of Goettingen. Together with numerous additions from more recent zoological writers, and illustrated with copper plates. London : J. Murray & R. Faulder 1 Pt 1 xl 400 pp. 9 pls.
• Kinear, J.E., Sumner, N.R. & Onus, M.L. 2002. The red fox in Australia – an exotic predator turned biocontrol agent. Biological Conservation 108: 335-359
• King, D.R., Norbury, G.L. & Eliot, G.J. 1997. The efficacy of Finlayson troughs as a means of repelling kangaroos from water and altering grazing pressure in pastoral areas. Rangeland Journal 19: 57-69
• Kinnear, J.E., Onus, M.L. & Sumner, N.R. 1998. Fox control and rock-wallaby population dynamics - II. An update. Australian Wildlife Research 25: 81-88
• Kinnear, J.E. & Main, A.R. 1975. The recycling of urea nitrogen by the wild tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii)—a 'ruminant-like' marsupial. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 51A: 793-810
• Kirkpatrick, T.H. 1970. Studies of Macropodidae in Queensland. 8. Age estimation in the red kangaroo (Megaleia rufa (Desmarest)). Queensland Journal of Agricultural and Animal Science 27: 461-461
• Kirkpatrick, T.H. 1995. Black-striped Wallaby Macropus dorsalis. pp. 327-328 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Kirkpatrick, T.H. & Johnson, P.M. 1969. Studies of Macropodidae in Queensland. 7. Age estimation and reproduction in the agile wallaby (Wallabia agilis (Gould)). Queensland Journal of Agricultural and Animal Science 26: 691-698
• Kirsch, J.A.W. 1977. The comparative serology of Marsupialia, and a classification of marsupials. Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 52: 1-152
• Kirsch, J.A.W., Lapointe, F.J. & Foeste, A. 1995. Resolution of portions of the kangaroo phylogeny (Marsupialia : Macropodidae) using DNA hybridisation. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society of London 55: 309-328
• Kirsch, J.A.W., Lapointe, F-J. & Springer, M.S. 1997. DNA-hybridisation studies of marsupials and their implications for metatherian classification. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 211-280
• Kirsch, J.A.W. & Calaby, J.H. 1977. The species of living marsupials: an annotated list. pp. 9-26 in Stonehouse, B. & Gilmore, D. (eds). The Biology of Marsupials. Baltimore : University Park Press.
• Kirsch, J.A.W. & Poole, W.E. 1972. Taxonomy and distribution of the grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus Shaw and Macropus fuliginosus (Desmarest), and their subspecies (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 20: 315-339
• Kitchener, D.J. 1972. The importance of shelter to the quokka, Setonix brachyurus (Marsupialia) on Rottnest Island. Australian Journal of Zoology 20: 281-299
• Kitchener, D.J. 1973. Notes on home range and movements in two small macropods, the potoroo (Potorous apicalis) and the quokka (Setonix brachyurus). Mammalia 37: 23-40
• Kitchener, D.J. 1995. Broad-faced Potoroo Potorous platyops. pp. 300-301 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Kitchener, D.J. 1995. Monjon Petrogale burbidgei. 369 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Kitchener, D.J. 1995. Quokka Setonix brachyurus. pp. 401-403 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Kitchener, D.J. & Sanson, G. 1978. Petrogale burbidgei (Marsupialia, Macropodidae), a new rock wallaby from Kimberley, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 6: 269-285
• Kleinknecht, S. 1985. Lack of social entrainment of free-running circadian activity rhythms in the Australian sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps: Marsupialia). Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 16: 189-193
• Kleinknecht, S., Erkert, H.G. & Nelson, J.E. 1985. Circadian and ultradian rhythms of activity and O2 consumption in three nocturnal marsupial species: Petaurus breviceps, Phalangeridae; Dasyuroides byrnei, Dasyuridae; Monodelphis domestica, Didelphidae. Zeitschrift fur Säugetierkunde 50: 321-329
• Klettenheimer, B.S., Temple-Smith, P.D. & Sofroniodis, G. 1997. Father and son sugar gliders: more than a genetic coalition? Journal of Zoology, London 242: 741-750
• Knowlton, J. 1982. A Bibliography of the Dama (Tammar or Kangaroo Island) Wallaby Macropus eugenii (Desmarest). Auckland : N.Z. Forest Service 21 pp.
• Körtner, G. & Geiser, F. 1995. Effect of photoperiod and ambient-temperature on activity patterns and body weight cycles of mountain pygmy-possums, Burramys parvus (Marsupialia). Journal of Zoology, London 235: 311-322
• Körtner, G. & Geiser, F. 1998. Ecology of natural hibernation in the marsupial mountain pygmy-possum (Burramys parvus). Oecologia (Berlin) 113: 170=178
• Krattenmacher, R. & Rubsamen, K. 1987. Thermoregulatory significance of non-evaporative heat loss from the tail of the coypu (Myocastor coypus) and the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Thermal Biology 12: 15-18
• Kratzing, J.E. 1982. The anatomy of the rostral nasal cavity and vomeronasal organ in Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae). Australian Mammalogy 5: 211-219
• Krefft, G. 1863. Description of a new species of the genus Dromicia discovered in the neighbourhood of Sydney. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 49-50 [29 Apr. 1863]
• Krefft, G. 1865. Description of a new species of rock-kangaroo from New South Wales. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1865: 324-325
• Krefft, G. 1867. Halmaturus mastersii. in Appendix. Australian Vertebrata, (Recent and Fossil) representing all the genera known up to the present time. pp. 91–110 in, Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales Forwarded to the Paris Universal Exhibition of 1867, by the New South Wales Exhibition Commissioners. Sydney : Government Printer.
• Krefft, G. 1871. The Mammals of Australia, illustrated by Miss Harriet Scott, and Mrs Helena Forde, for the Council of Education; with a short account of all the species hitherto described. Sydney : T. Richards, Government Printer 51 pp. 16 pls.
• Lacépède, B.-G. 1801. [title]. Mémoires de l'Institut de Paris iii
• Lacépède, B.G.É. 1799. Tableau des divisions, sous-divisions, ordres et genres de mammifères. Avec l'indication de toutes les espèces décrites par Buffon, et leur distribution dans chacun des genres par F.M. Daudin. Quadrupèdes. pp. 144-195 in Buffon, G.L.L. (ed.). Histoire Naturelle. Paris : P. Didot l'Aîné et Firmin Didot 14 pp.
• Lacépède, É. 1801. Mémoire sur une nouvelle table méthodique des animaux à mammelles. Mémoires de l'Institut de Paris 3: 469-502
• Lacy, R.C. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 1995. A simulation study of the impacts of population subdivision on the mountain brushtail possum Trichosurus caninus Ogilby (Phalangeridae, Marsupialia) in south-eastern Australia. 2. Loss of genetic variation within and betwen subpopulations. Biological Conservation 73: 131-142
• Laidlaw, W.S. & Wilson, B.A. 1996. The home range and habitat utilisation of Cercartetus nanus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae) in coastal heathland, Anglesea, Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 19: 63-68
• Lambert, A.B. 1807. Description of a new species of Macropus from New Holland. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 8: 318-319
• Landsberg, J. 1987. Feeding preferences of common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, on seedlings of a woodland eucalypt. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 361-369
• Landwehr, G.G., Richardson, K.C. & Wooller, R.D. 1990. Sugar preferences of honey possums, Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae) and western pygmy possums, Cercatetus concinnus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Mammalogy 13: 5-10
• Langer, P. 1979. Functional anatomy and ontogenetic development of the stomach in the macropodine species Thylogale stigmatica and Thylogale thetis (Mammalia: Marsupialia). Zoomorphology (Berlin) 93: 137-151
• Langford, D. & Burbidge, A.A. 2001. Translocation of mala from the Tanami Desert, Northern Territory to Trimouille Island, Western Australia. Australian Mammalogy 23: 37-46
• Lapidge, S.J. 2000. Dietary adaptation of reintroduced yellow-footed rock-wallabies, Petrogale xanthopus xanthopus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in the northern Flinders Ranges, South Australia. Wildlife Research 27: 195-201
• Laurance, S.G.W. & Laurance, W.F. 1995. A ground-trapping survey for small mammals in continuous forest and two isolated tropical rainforest reserves. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 38: 597-602
• Laurance, W.F. 1990. Effects of weather on marsupial folivore activity in a north Queensland upland tropical rainforest. Australian Mammalogy 13: 41-47
• Laurance, W.F. 1997. A distributional survey and habitat model for the endangered northern bettong Bettongia tropica in tropical Queensland. Biological Conservation 82: 47-60
• Laurance, W.F. & Gascon, C. 1997. How to creatively fragment a landscape. Conservation Biology 11: 577-579
• Laurance, W.F. & Laurance, S.G.W. 1996. Response of five arboreal marsupials to recent selective logging in tropical Australia. Biotropica 28: 310-322
• Laurence, W.F. 1994. Rainforest fragmentation and the structure of small mammal communities in tropical Queensland. Biological Conservation 69: 23-32
• Laurie, E.M.O. & Hill, J.E. 1954. List of Land Mammals of New Guinea, Celebes and Adjacent Islands 1758–1952. London : British Museum 175 pp. 3 pls.
• Lavery, H.J. & Kirkpatrick, T.H. 1997. Field management of the bilby Macrotis lagotis in an area of south-western Queensland. Biological Conservation 1997: 271-281
• Lay, G.T. 1825. [no title]. 22 in Wilkes, J. (ed.). Encyclopaedia Londiniensis, or universal dictionary of arts, sciences and literature… Embellished by… engravings. London : Publisher unknown.
• Lazell, J.D., Sutterfield, T.W. & Giezentanner, W.D. 1984. The population of rock wallabies (genus Petrogale) on Oahu, Hawaii. Biological Conservation 30: 99-108
• Leake, B.W. 1962. Eastern Wheatbelt Wildlife. Perth : The author (printed by Docket Book Co., Perth).
• Leatherhead, J.F. & Renfree, M.B. 1983. Structure of the pars distalis in pouch-young tammar wallabies (Macropus eugenii). Cell and Tissue Research 230: 587-604
• Leatherhead, J.F. & Renfree, M.B. 1983. Structure of the pars distalis in the adult tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Cell and Tissue Research 229: 155-174
• Leigh, J.H., Wood, D.H., Holgate, M.D., Slee, A. & Stanger, M.G. 1989. Effects of rabbit and kangaroo grazing on two semi-arid grassland communities in central-western New South Wales. Australian Journal of Botany 37: 375-396
• Le Souef, A.S. 1916. Notes on colour-variation of opossums of the genus Trichosurus. The Australian Zoologist 1: 62-64 [13 Mar. 1916]
• Le Souef, A.S. 1923. The grey kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), and its allies. The Australian Zoologist 3: 145-147
• Le Souef, A.S. 1924. Notes on some rock wallabies, genus Petrogale, with descriptions of two new species. The Australian Zoologist 3: 272-276
• Le Souef, A.S. 1929. Notes on some mammals from Bass Strait Islands, including a new subspecies of Pseudochirus. The Australian Zoologist 5: 329-332 [24 Mar. 1929]
• Lesson, R.P. 1826. Description des mammifères. Ch. 3 in Lesson, R.P. & Garnot, P. Zoologie Pt 1 in Duperrey, M.L.I. Voyage Autour du Monde Exécuté par Ordre du Roi sur la Corvette de sa Majesté la Coquille Pendant les Années 1822, 1823, 1824 & 1825. Paris : Arthus Bertrand.
• Lesson, R.P. 1827. Manuel de Mammalogie, ou histoire naturelle des mammifères. Paris : Roret xvi 442 pp.
• Lesson, R.P. 1828. in Audouin, J.V. & Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. (eds) Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire Naturelle.
• Lesson, R.P. 1842. Nouveau Tableau du Règne Animal. Mammifères. Paris : A. Bertrand 204 pp.
• Lesson, R.P. & Garnot, P. 1826. Zoologie. Voyage Autour du Monde, Exécuté par Ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822–1825, etc. 131-161 pp.
• Lewis, P.R., Fletcher, T.P. & Renfree, M.B. 1986. Prostaglandin in the peripheral plasma of tammar wallabies during parturition. Journal of Endocrinology 111: 103-109
• Lichtenstein, H. 1818. Das Zoologische Museum der Universität zu Berlin. Berlin 120 pp.
• Lim, L. 1987. The conservation and management of the yellow-footed rock-wallaby Petrogale xanthopus Gray, 1854. Department of Environment and Planning, South Australia, Special Publication No. 4. 1-94 pp.
• Lim, L., Sheppard, N., Smith, P. & Smith, J. 1992. The biology and management of the yellow-footed rock-wallaby (Petrogale xanthopus) in NSW. Hurstville : NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service 59 pp.
• Lim, T.L. & Giles, J.R. 1987. Studies on the yellow footed rock wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus Gray (Macropus: Macropodidae) III. Distribution and management in Western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 147-161
• Lindenmayer, D. 1996. Wildlife and woodchips: Leadbeater's possum - A test case for sustainable forestry. Sydney : Universitry of New South Wales Press.
• Lindenmayer, D.B. 1994. Northern range limits of the long nosed Potoroo, Potorous tridactylus. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 35: 1994
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Cunningham, R.B., Donnelly, C.F., Triggs, B.A. & Belvedere, M. 1994. The conservation of arboreal marsupials in the montane ash forests of the central highlands of Victoria, south-eastern Australia V. Patterns of use and the microhabitat requirements of the mountain brushtail possum Trichosurus caninus Ogilby in retained linear habitats (wildlife corridors). Biological Conservation 68: 43-51
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Cunningham, R.B., Tanton, M.T., Nix, H.A. & Smith, A.P. 1991. The conservation of arboreal marsupials in the montane ash forests of the central highlands of Victoria, south-east Australia: III. The habitat requirements of Leadbeater's possum Gymnobelideus leadbeateri and models of the diversity and abundance of arboreal marsupials. Biological Conservation 56: 295-315
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Cunningham, R.B., Tanton, M.T., Smith, A.P. & Nix, H.A. 1990. Habitat requirements of the mountain brushtail possum and the greater glider in the montane ash-type eucalypt forests of the central highlands of Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 467-478
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Cunningham, R.B., Tanton, M.T. & Smith, A.P. 1990. The conservation of arboreal marsupials in the montane ash forests of the central highlands of Victoria, south-east Australia: II. The loss of trees with hollows and its implications for the conservation of Leadbeater's possum Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Biological Conservation 54: 133-145
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Cunningham, R.B. & Donnelly, C.F. 1994. The conservation of arboreal marsupials in the montane ash forests of the central highlands of Victoria, southeastern Australia: VI. Tests of the performance of models of nest tree and habitat requirements of arboreal marsupials. Biological Conservation 70: 143-147
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Dubach, J. & Viggers, K.L. 2002. Geographical dimorphism in the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus): the case for a new species. Australian Journal of Zoology 50: 369-393
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Lacy, R.C., Thomas, V.C. & Clark, T.W. 1993. Predictions of the impacts of changes in population size and environmental variability in Leadbeater's possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy (Marsupialia : Petauridae) using population viability analysis : an application of the computer program VORTEX. Wildlife Research 20: 67-86
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Nix, H.A., McMahon, J.P., Hutchinson, M.F. & Tanton, M.T. 1991. The conservation of Leadbeater's possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri (McCoy): a case study of the use of bioclimatic modelling. Journal of Biogeography 18: 371-383
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Nix, H.A., McMahon, J.P. & Hutchinson, M.F. 1990. Bioclimatical modelling and wildlife conservation and management - a case study on Leadbeater's possum. pp. 253-273 in Clark, T.W. & Seebeck, J.H. (eds). Management and conservation of small populations. Brookfield : Chicago Zoological Society 295 pp.
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Smith, A.P., Craig, S.A. & Lumsden, L.F. 1989. A survey of the distribution of Leadbeater's possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy in the central highlands of Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 106: 174-178
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Tanton, M.T. & Cunningham, R.B. 1991. A critique of the use of nest boxes for the conservation of Leadbeater's possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy. Wildlife Research 18: 619-624
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Viggers, K.L., Cunningham, R.B. & Donnelly, C.F. 1995. Morphological variation among populations of the mountain brushtail possum, Trichosurus caninus Ogilby (Phalangeridae, Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 449-458
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Warneke, R.M., Meggs, R.A., Linga, T. & Seebeck, J.H. 1991. A note on the longevity of the mountain brushtail possum, Trichosurus caninus in the mountain ash forests of the central highlands of Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 108: 4-5
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Welsh, A., Donnelly, C.F. & Meggs, R.A. 1996. Use of nest trees by the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) (Phalangeridae, Marsupialia). 1. Number of occupied trees and frequency of tree use. Wildlife Research 23: 343-361
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Welsh, A. & Donnelly, C.F. 1997. Use of nest trees by the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) (Phalangeridae: Marsupialia). III. Spatial configuration and co-occupancy of nest trees. Wildlife Research 24: 661-678
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Welsh, A. Donnelly, C.F. & Cunningham, R.B. 1996. Use of nest trees by mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) (Phalangeridae, Marsupialia). 2. Characteristics of occupied trees. Wildlife Research 23: 531-545
• Lindenmayer, D.B., Welsh, A.H. & Donnelly, C.F. 1998. Use of nest trees by the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) (Phalangeridae: Marsupialia). V. Synthesis of studies. Wildlife Research 25: 627-634
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Cunningham, R.B. 1997. Patterns of co-occurrence among marsupials in the forests of central Victoria, southeastern Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 340-346
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Dixon, J.M. 1992. An additional historic record of Leadbeater's possum Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy, prior to the 1961 rediscovery of the species. Victorian Naturalist 109: 217-218
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Lacy, R.C. 1995. A simulation study of the impacts of population subdivision on the mountain brushtail possum Trichosurus caninus Ogilby (Phalangeridae, Marsupialia) in south-eastern Australia. 1. Demographic stability and population persistence. Biological Conservation 73: 119-129
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Lacy, R.C. 1995. Metapopulation viability of arboreal marsupials in fragmented old-growth forests: comparison among species. Ecological Applications 5: 183-199
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Lacy, R.C. 1995. Metapopulation viability of Leadbeater's possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri, in fragmented old-growth forests. Ecological Applications 5: 164-182
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Meggs, R.A. 1996. Use of den trees by Leadbeater's possum (Gymnobelideus leadbeateri). Australian Journal of Zoology 44: 625-638
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Norton, T.W. 1993. The conservation of Leadbeater's possum in southeastern Australia and the northern spotted owl in the Pacific North-west of the USA: management issues, strategies and lessons. Pacific Conservation Biology 1: 13-18
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Possingham, H.P. 1995. Modelling the impacts of wildfire on the viability of metapopulations of the endangered Australian species of arboreal marsupial, Leadbeater's possum. Forest Ecology and Management 74: 197-222
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Possingham, H.P. 1995. Modelling the viability of metapopulations of the endangered Leadbeater's possum in southeastern Australia. Biodiversity and Conservation 4: 984-1018
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Possingham, H.P. 1995. The conservation of arboreal marsupials in the montane ash forests of the central highlands of Victoria, south-eastern Australia. 7. Modelling the persistence of Leadbeater's possum in response to modified timber harvesting practices. Biological Conservation 73: 239
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Possingham, H.P. 1996. Modelling the inter-relationships between habitat patchiness, dispersal capability and metapopulation persistence of the endangered species, Leadbeater's possum, in south-eastern Australia. Landscape Ecology 11: 79-105
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Possingham, H.P. 1996. Ranking conservation and timber management options for Leadbeater's possum in southeastern Australia using population viability analysis. Conservation Biology 10: 235-251
• Lindenmayer, D.B. & Viggers, K.L. 1994. Northern range limits of the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 35: 180
• Link, H.F. 1794. Beyträge zur Naturgeschichte. Bd 1, Stückl, Ueber die Leiter der Natur, das natürliche und Künstliche System. 124 pp.
• Lloyd, S. 2001. Oestrus cycle and gestation length in the musky-rat-kangaroo, Hypsiprymnodon moschatus (Potoroidae: Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 49: 37-44
• Lochman, J. 1987. Night drummer on centre stage. Geo. Australia's Geographical Magazine 9: 14-23
• Lodder, M.A.N. 1991. Functional morphology of the hindleg in two kangaroos Macropus giganteus and Aepyprymnus rufescens. European Journal of Morphology 29: 5-30
• Loh, T.T. & Shield, J. 1977. Temperature regulation and oxygen consumption in the developing macropod marsupial Setonix brachyurus. Journal of Physiology 260: 677-686
• Longman, H.A. 1915. A new phalanger from north Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 3: 22-23
• Longman, H.A. 1922. South Queensland marsupials. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 7: 297-300
• Longman, H.A. 1924. (untitled abstract). Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 36: ix
• Lönnberg, E. 1913. Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–13. 1. Mammals. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52(1): 1-10
• Lönnberg, E. 1916. Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg's Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–1913. II. Mammals from Queensland. 1. List of mammals. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52(2): 3-11 [18 Jan. 1916]
• Loudon, A.S.I., Curlewis, J.D. & English, J. 1985. The effect of melatonin on the seasonal embryonic diapause of the Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Zoology, London 206: 35-39
• Loudon, A.S.I. & Brinklow, B.R. 1990. Melatonin implants prevent the onset of seasonal quiescence and suppress the release of prolactin in response to a dopamine antagonist in the Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 99: 611-618
• Loudon, A.S.I. & Curlewis, J.D. 1987. Refractiveness to melatonin and short daylengths in early seasonal quiescence in the Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 81: 543-552
• Loudon, A.S.I. & Curlewis, J.D. 1989. Evidence that the seasonally breeding Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus) does not exhibit short-day photorefractoriness. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 87: 641-648
• Lumholtz, C. 1884. Notes upon some mammals recently discovered in Queensland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1884: 406-409
• Lundie-Jenkins, G. 1993. Ecology of the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus Gould (Marsupialia : Macropodidae), in the Tanami Desert, Northern Territory. I. Patterns of habitat use. Wildlife Research 20: 457-476
• Lundie-Jenkins, G. 1993. Observations on the behaviour of the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus Gould (Macropodidae : Marsupialia) in captivity. Australian Mammalogy 16: 29-34
• Lundie-Jenkins, G. 1993. Reproduction and growth to sexual maturity in the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus Gould, (Marsupialia : Macropodidae) in captivity. Australian Mammalogy 16: 45-49
• Lundie-Jenkins, G., Corbett, L.K. & Phillips, C.M. 1993. Ecology of the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus Gould (Marsupialia : Macropodidae), in the Tanami Desert, Northern Territory. III. Interactions with introduced mammal species. Wildlife Research 20: 495-511
• Lundie-Jenkins, G. & Findlay, E. 1997. Distribution and status of rock-wallabies in the Northern Territory. Australian Mammalogy 19: 175-182
• Lundie-Jenkins, G. Phillips, C.M. & Jarman, P.J. 1993. Ecology of the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus Gould (Marsupialia : Macropodidae). in the Tanami Desert, Northern Territory. II. Diet and feeding strategy. Wildlife Research 20: 477-494
• Lunney, D. 1987. Effects of logging, fire and drought on possums and gliders in the coastal forests near Bega, NSW. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 263-274
• Lunney, D., Law, B. & Rummery, C. 1997. An ecological interpretation of the historical decline of the brush-tailed rock-wallaby P. penicillata in New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 19: 281-296
• Lunney, D. & O'Connell, M. 1988. Habitat selection by the swamp wallaby, Wallabia bicolor, the red-necked wallaby, Macropus rufogriseus, and the common wombat, Vombatus ursinus, in logged, burnt forest near Bega, New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 695-706
• Lydekker, R. 1906. II. Mammalia. In, Sharp, D. (ed.). The Zoological Record being records of zoological literature relating chiefly to the year 1905. London : Zoological Society of London Vol. 42.
• M'Coy, F. 1866. On a Halmaturus. The Australasian.
• M'Coy, F. 1866. On a new species of Halmaturus from east Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 18: 322-323
• M'Coy, F. 1867. On a new genus of Phalanger. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 20: 287-288 [1 Oct. 1867]
• Macfarlane, M.A. & Loyn, R.H. 1994. Management for the conservation of Leadbeater's possum (Gymnobelideus leadbeateri) - a reply. Pacific Conservation Biology 1: 84-86 [with response by D.B. Lindenmayer]
• Macfarlane, M.A. & Seebeck, J.H. 1991. Draft management strategies for the conservation of Leadbeater's possum Gymnobelideus leadbeateri, in Victoria. Arthur Rylah Institute for Environmental Research Technical Report Series No 111. 67 pp.
• Mackowski, C.M. 1986. Distribution, habitat and status of the yellow-bellied glider Petaurus australis Shaw (Marsupialia: Petauridae) in northeastern New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 9: 141-144
• Mackowski, C.M. 1988. Characteristics of eucalypts incised for sap by the yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis Shaw (Marsupialia: Petauridae), in northeastern New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 11: 5-14
• MacLennan, D.G. 1984. The feeding behaviour and activity patterns of the brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula, in an open eucalypt woodland in southeast Queensland. pp. 155-161 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Mahoney, J.A. 1964. The taxonomic status of Dasyurus affinis McCoy [1865] (Dasyuridae) and Hypsiprymnus trisulcatus McCoy [1865] (Macropodidae), two marsupials from a Holocene cave deposit near Gisborne, Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 77: 252-533
• Mahoney, J.A. 1981. The specific name of the honey possum (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae: Tarsipes rostratus Gervais & Verreaux, 1842). Australian Mammalogy 4: 135-138
• Malekian, M., Cooper, S.J.B. & Carthew, S.M. 2010. Phylogeography of the Australian sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps): evidence for a new divergent lineage in eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 58(3): 165-181
• Mallick, J., Stoddardt, D.M., Jones, I. & Bradley, A.J. 1994. Behavioural and endocrinological correlates of social status in the male sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps Marsupialia : Petauridae). Physiology and Behaviour 55: 1131-1134
• Maloney, K.S. & Harris, J.M. 2008. Early natural history of the Greater Glider, Petauroides volans (Kerr, 1792). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 129: 39-55
• Mansergh, I. 1984. Ecological studies and conservation of Burramys parvus. pp. 545-552 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Mansergh, I. 1984. The mountain pygmy-possum (Burramys parvus (Broom)): a review. pp. 413-416 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Mansergh, I. 1984. The Mountain pygmy-possum (Burramys parvus), (Broom): a review. pp. 413-416 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Mansergh, I., Baxter, B., Scotts, D., Brady, T. & Jolley, D. 1990. Diet of the mountain pygmy-possum (Marsupialia: Burramyidae) and other small mammals in the alpine environment at Mt Higginbotham, Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 13: 167-177
• Mansergh, I. & Broome, L. 1994. The mountain pygmy possum of the Australian Alps. Kensington : New South Wales University Press 114 pp.
• Mansergh, I. & Scotts, D. 1990. Aspects of the life history and breeding biology of the mountain pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus, (Marsupialia: Burramyidae) in alpine Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 13: 179-191
• Mansergh, I.M. 1984. Ecological studies and conservation of Burramys parvus. pp. 545-552 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Mansergh, I.M. & Scotts, D.J. 1986. Winter occurrence of the mountain pygmy-possum Burramys parvus (Broom) (Marsupialia: Burramyidae), on Mt Higginbotham, Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 9: 35-42
• Mansergh, I.M. & Walsh, N.G. 1983. Observations on the mountain pygmy possum, Burramys parvus, on Mt Higginbotham, Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 100: 106-115
• Martin, I.K. & McDonald, I.R. 1986. Adrenocortical function in a macropodid marsupial Thylogale billardierii. Journal of Endocrinology 110: 471-480
• Martin, J.K., Handasyde, K.A., Wright, C.J., Ayers, L.T., McDonald-Madden, E. & Reside, A. 2004. Aspects of the ecology of the bobuck, Trichosurus caninus in the Strathbogie Ranges, Victoria. pp. 484-489 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Martin, R.W. 2005. Tree-kangaroos of Australia and New Guinea. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishers 168 pp.
• Martin, R.W. & Johnson, P.M. 1995. Bennett's Tree-kangaroo Dendrolagus bennettianus. pp. 307-308 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Mason, R.J. 1997. Habitat use and population size of the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Marsupialia: Potoridae) in a coastal reserve, north-eastern New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 20: 35-42
• Mate, K.E. & Rodger, J.C. 1991. Stability of the acrosome of the brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) and tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii) in vitro and after exposure to conditions and agents known to cause capacitation or acrosomal reaction of eutherian spermatozoa. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 91: 41-48
• Matschie, P. 1915. Einige Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Pseudochirus Ogilby. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 4: 83-95 [Date published 15 April 1915]
• Matschie, P. 1916. Die Verbreitung der Beuteltiere auf NeuGuinea mit einigen Bemerkungen über ihre Einteilung in Untergattungen. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 8: 259-308 +map [Date published June 1916]
• Maxwell, S., Burbidge, A.A. & Morris, K. 1996. The 1996 Action Plan for Australian Marsupials and Monotremes. Canberra : Wildlife Australia 234 pp.
• Maynes, G. 1995. Parma Wallaby Macropus parma. pp. 342-344 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Maynes, G.M. 1973. Aspects of reproduction in the whiptail wallaby, Macropus parryi. The Australian Zoologist 18: 43-46
• Maynes, G.M. 1976. Growth of the parma wallaby, Macropus parma Waterhouse. Australian Journal of Zoology 24: 217-236
• Maynes, G.M. 1977. Breeding and age structure of the population of Macropus parma on Kawau Island, New Zealand. Australian Journal of Ecology 2: 207-214
• Maynes, G.M. 1977. Distribution and aspects of the biology of the parma wallaby, Macropus parma, in New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 4: 109-125
• Maynes, G.M. 1982. A new species of rock wallaby, Petrogale persephone (Marsupialia, Macropodidae), from Proserpine, central Queensland. Australian Mammalogy 5: 47-58
• McArthur, C. & Sanson, G.D. 1988. Tooth wear in eastern grey kangaroos (Macropus giganteus) and western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus), and its potential influence on diet selection, digestion and population parameters. Journal of Zoology, London 215: 491-504
• McArthur, C. & Sanson, G.D. 1991. Effects of tannins in the common ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus), a specialised marsupial folivore. Journal of Zoology, London 225: 233-251
• McArthur, C. & Sanson, G.D. 1993. Nutritional effects and costs of a tannin in a grazing and a browsing macropodid marsupial herbivore. Functional Ecology 7: 690-696
• McArthur, C. & Turner, S. 1997. Feeding preferences of captive brushtail possums for eucalypt and acacia foliage. Tasforests 9: 155-162
• McCallum, H., Timmers, P. & Hoyle, S. 1995. Modelling the impact of predation on reintroductions of bridled nailtail wallabies. Wildlife Research 22: 163-171
• McCarthy, M.A. 1996. Red kangaroo (Macropus rufus) dynamics: Effects of rainfall, density dependence, harvesting and environmental stochasticity. Journal of Applied Ecology 33: 45-53
• McConnell, S.J., Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H., & Hinds, L.A. 1986. Change in duration of elevated concentrations of melatonin is the major factor in photoperiod response of the tammar, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 77: 623-632
• McConnell, S.J. & Hinds, L.A. 1985. Effect of pinealectomy on plasma melatonin, prolactin and progesterone concentrations during seasonal reproductive quiescence in the tammar, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 75: 433-440
• McConnell, S.J. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1985. Response in peripheral plasma melatonin to photoperiod change and the effects of exogenous melatonin on seasonal quiescence in the tammar, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 73: 529-538
• McCosker, J.C. 1997. The ecology and conservation of spectacled hare-wallabies Lagorchestes conspicillatus in central Queensland. Unpublished M.Sc. thesis. Brisbane : University of Queensland.
• McCoy, F. 1865. [Note]. Geological Survey of Victoria Quarter Sheet 7NW.
• McCulloch, E.M. & Thompson, W.M. 1987. Forest raven takes feather-tailed glider. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 99
• McDonagh, T.J. 1992. Quokka bites. The first reports of bites from an Australian marsupial. Medical Journal of Australia 157: 746-747
• McDowell, M.C., Haouchar, D., Aplin, K.P., Bunce, M., Baynes, A. & Prideaux, G.J. 2015. Morphological and molecular evidence supports specific recognition of the recently extinct Bettongia anhydra (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Journal of Mammalogy 96(2): 287-296
• McEvoy, J.C. 1979. The taxonomic status of the red Stradbroke wallaby. Mammalia 43: 581-583
• McGregor, D.C., Padovan, A., Georges, A., Krockenberger, A., Yoon, H.-J. & Youngentob, K.N. 2020. Genetic evidence supports three previously described species of greater glider, Petauroides volans, P. minor, and P. armillatus. Scientific Reports
• McIlroy, J.C. 1983. The sensitivity of the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) to 1080 poison. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 6: 125-131
• McIlwee, A.P. & Johnson, C.N. 1998. The contribution of fungus to the diets of three mycophagous marsupials in Eucalyptus forests, revealed by stable isotope analysis. Functional Ecology 12: 223-231
• McKay, G.M. 1982. Nomenclature of the gliding possum genera Petaurus and Petauroides (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Mammalogy 5: 37-39
• McKay, G.M. 1984. Cytogenetic relationships of possums and gliders. pp. 9-16 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• McKay, G.M. 1988. Burramyidae. pp. 98-102 in Walton, D.W. (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia Volume 5. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service x 274 pp.
• McKay, G.M. 1988. Petauridae. pp. 87-97 in Walton, D.W. (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia Volume 5. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service x 274 pp.
• McKay, G.M. 1988. Phalangeridae. pp. 81-86 in Walton, D.W. (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia Volume 5. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service x 274 pp.
• McKay, G.M. 1989. Family Petauridae. pp. 665-678 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 1B 827 pp.
• McKay, G.M. 1995. Greater Glider Petauroides volans. pp. 240-241 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• McKay, G.M., McQuade, L.R., Murray, J.D. & von Sturmer, S.R. 1984. Sex-chromosome mosaicism in the lemur like possum Hemibelideus lemuroides (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 37: 131-135
• McKay, G.M. & Ong, P. 1995. Common Ringtail Possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus. pp. 254-256 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• McKay, G.M. & Winter, J.W. 1989. Phalangeridae. pp. 636-651 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 1B 827 pp.
• McKenzie, L.M. & Cooper, D.W. 1997. Hybridization between tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii) populations from Western and South Australia. Journal of Heredity 88: 398-400
• McLaughlin, A. 1992. Red kangaroos can set back range regeneration. Journal of Agriculture, Western Australia 4 33: 62-65
• McLean, I.G., Lundie-Jenkins, G., Jarman, P.J. & Kean, L.E. 1993. Copulation and associated behaviour in the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus. Australian Mammalogy 16: 77-79
• McLean, I.G., Lundie-Jenkins, G. & Jarman, P.J. 1996. Teaching an endangered mammal to recognise predators. Biological Conservation 75: 51-62
• McLean, I.G. & Lundie-Jenkins, G. 1993. Copulation and associated behaviour in the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus. Australian Mammalogy 16: 77-80
• McLean, S., Foley, W.J., Davies, N.W., Brandon, S., Duo, Li & Blackman, A.J. 1993. Metabolic fate of dietary terpines from Eucalyptus radiata in common ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus). Journal of Chemical Ecology 19: 1625-1644
• McLeod, B.J., Thompson, E.G., Crawford, J.L. & Shackell, G.H. 1997. Successful group housing of wild-caught brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Animal Welfare 6: 67-76
• McNamara, J.A. 1997. Some smaller macropod fossils of South Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 117: 97-105
• McQuade, L.R. 1984. Taxonomic relationship of the greater glider Petauroides volans and the Lemur-like possum Hemibelideus lemuroides. pp. 303-310 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• McQuade, L.R. 1985. B-chromosome systems in the greater glider (Petauroides volans volans) (Marsupialia: Petauridae). I B-chromosome distribution. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 38: 189-195
• Mead, R.J., Moulden, D.L. & Twigg, L.E. 1985. Significance of sulfhydryl compounds in the manifestation of fluoroacetate toxicity to the rat, brush-tailed possum, woylie and western grey kangaroo. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 38: 139-149
• Mead, R.J., Twigg, L.E., King, D.R. & Oliver, A.J. 1985. The tolerance to fluoroacetate of geographically separated populations of the quokka (Setonix brachyurus). The Australian Zoologist 21: 503-511
• Medlin, G.C. 1993. A Field Guide to Chambers Gorge, Flinders Ranges. Adelaide : South Australian Museum.
• Menkhorst, P.W., Weavers, B.W. & Alexander, J.S.A. 1988. Distribution, habitat and conservation status of the squirrel glider Petaurus norfolcensis (Petauridae: Marsupialia) in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 59-71
• Menkhorst, P.W. & Collier, M. 1988. Diet of the squirrel glider, Petaurus norfolcensis (Marsupialia: Petauridae), in Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 11: 109-116
• Menzies, J.I. & Pernetta, J.C. 1986. A taxonomic revision of cuscuses allied to Phalanger orientalis (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Journal of Zoology, London B 1: 551-618
• Merchant, J.C. 1976. Breeding biology of the agile wallaby, Macropus agilis (Gould) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in captivity. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 93-103
• Merchant, J.C. 1995. Agile Wallaby Macropus agilis. pp. 322-323 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Merchant, J.C. 1995. Swamp Wallaby Wallabia bicolor. pp. 404-405 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Merchant, J.C., Libje, J.A. & Smith, M.J. 1994. Lactation and energetics of growth in the brush-tailed bettong, Bettongia penicillata (Marsupialia : Potoroidae) in captivity. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 267-277
• Merchant, J.C., Marsh, H., Spencer, P. & De'ath, G. 1996. Milk composition and production in free-living allied rock-wallabies, Petrogale assimilis. Australian Journal of Zoology 44: 659-674
• Merchant, J.C. & Calaby, J.H. 1981. Reproductive biology of the red-necked wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus) and Bennett's wallaby (M.r. rufogriseus) in captivity. Journal of Zoology, London 194: 203-217
• Meredith R.W., Westerman M. & Springer M.S. 2008. A phylogeny and timescale for the living genera of kangaroos and kin (Macropodiformes: Marsupialia) based on nuclear DNA sequences. Australian Journal of Zoology 56: 395–410
• Messer, M., Griffiths, M. & Green, B. 1984. Changes in milk carbohydrates and electrolytes during early lactation in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 37: 1-6
• Messer, M. & Elliot, C. 1987. Changes in alpha-lactalbumin, total lactose, UDP-galactose hydrolase and other factors in tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii) milk during lactation. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 40: 37-46
• Meyer, F.A.A. 1793. Systematisch-Summarische Uebersicht der neuesten Zoologischen Entdeckungen in Neuholland und Afrika. Nebst zwey andern Zoologischen Abhandlungen. Leipzig : Dykischen Buchhandlung 184 pp. [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Milne Edwards, A. 1877. Note sur quelques mammifères nouveaux provenant de la Nouvelle-Guinée. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 85: 1079-1081
• Mitchell, T.L. 1838. Three Expeditions into the Interior of eastern Australia; with descriptions of the recently explored region of Australia Felix, and of the present colony of New South Wales. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 1 [xxiv] 351 pp. 21pls.
• Mjöberg, E. 1916. Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–1913. II. Mammals from Queensland. 2. On a new genus and species of marsupial. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52(2): 13-20 [16 Jan. 1916]
• Montague, T.L. 1993. An assessment of the ability of tree guards to prevent browsing damage using captive swamp wallabies. Australian Forestry 56: 145-147
• Montague, T.L. 1994. Wallaby browsing and seedling palatability. Australian Forestry 57: 171-175
• Moore, S.J. & Sanson, G.D. 1995. A comparison of the molar efficiency of two insect-eating mammals. Journal of Zoology, London 235: 175-192
• Moors, P.J. 1975. The urogenital system and notes on the reproductive biology of the female rufous rat-kangaroo, Aepyprymnus rufescens (Gray) (Macropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 23: 355-361
• Morgan, D.R. 1982. Field acceptance of non-toxic and toxic baits by populations of the brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr). New Zealand Journal of Ecology 5: 36-43
• Morgan, D.R. 1990. Behavioural response of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, to baits used in pest control. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 601-613
• Morgan, D.R & Sinclair, M.J. 1983. A bibliography of the brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr). New Zealand Forest Research Institute Bulletin 25: 79
• Morris, K.D. & Bromlow, R.N. 1991. A record of the euro, Macropus robustus in John Forrest National Park. Western Australian Naturalist 18: 166-167
• Müller, S. & Schlegel, H. 1839. Verhandlingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche overzeesche bezittingen, . Leiden : Netherlands Government 228 pp. 49 col. pl.
• Munks, S. 1995. The breeding biology of Pseudocheirus peregrinus viverrinus on Flinders Island, Bass Strait. Wildlife Research 22: 521-534
• Munks, S.A., Corkrey, R. & Foley, W.J. 1996. Characteristics of arboreal marsupial habitat in the semi-arid woodlands of Northern Queensland. Wildlife Research 23: 185-195
• Munks, S.A., Green, B., Newgrain, K. 1991. Milk composition in the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Petauridae: Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 403-416
• Munks, S.A. & Green, B. 1995. Energy allocation for reproduction in a marsupial arboreal folivore, the common ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus). Oecologia (Berlin) 101: 94-104
• Munks, S.A. & Green, B. 1997. Milk consumption and growth in a marsupial arboreal folivore, the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus. Physiological Zoology 70: 691-700
• Murray, J.D., McKay, G.M., Winter, J.W. & Ingleby, S. 1989. Cytogenetics of the Herbert River ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus herbertensis (Diprotodontia: Pseudocheiridae); evidence for two species. Genome 32: 1119-1123
• Murray, J.D., McKay, G.M. & Sharman, G.B. 1979. Studies on metatherian sex chromosomes. IX. Sex chromosomes of the greater glider (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 32: 375-386
• Murray, J.D., Sharman, G.B., McKay, G.M. & Calaby, J.H. 1980. Karyotypes, constitutive heterochromatin and taxonomy of ringtail possums of the genus Pseudocheirus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Cytogenetics and Cell Genetics 27: 73-81
• Muths, E. 1996. Milk composition in a field population of red kangaroos, Macropus rufus (Desmarest) (Macropodidae, Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 44: 165-175
• Muths, E. & Hinds, L.A. 1996. Circulating levels of prolactin and progesterone in a wild population of red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) (Marsupialia, Macropodidae). General and Comparative Endocrinology 101: 317-322
• Myers, K., Bailey, P.J. & Dudzinski, M.L. 1976. The effects of a severe drought on the morphology of the adrenal glands and others indices of health in the red kangaroo Megaleia rufa (Desmarest) in North-Western New South Wales. Australian Journal of Ecology 1: 289-302
• Nagy, K., Meienberger, C., Bradshaw, S.D. & Wooller, R.D. 1995. Field metabolic rate of a small marsupial mammal, the honey possum (Tarsipes rostratus). Journal of Mammalogy 76: 862-866
• Nagy, K.A., Bradley, A.J. & Morris, K.D. 1990. Field metabolic rates, water fluxes and feeding rates of quokkas, Setonix brachyurus, and tammars, Macropus eugenii, in Western Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 553-560
• Nagy, K.A., Sanson, G.D. & Jacobsen, N.K. 1990. Comparative field energetics of two macropod marsupials and a ruminant. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 591-599
• Nagy, K.A. & Suckling, G.C. 1985. Field energetics and water balance of sugar gliders, Petaurus breviceps (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 683-691
• Neave, H.M. & Tanton, M.T. 1989. The effects of grazing by kangaroos and rabbits on the vegetation and the habitat of other fauna in the Tidbinbilla Nature Reserve, Australian Capital Territory. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 337-351
• Neave, S.A. 1939. Nomenclator Zoologicus: A list of the names of genera and subgenera in zoology from the tenth edition of Linnaeus 1758 to the end of 1935. London : Zoological Society of London Vol. II(D-L) 1025 pp.
• Neave, S.A. 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus. A list of the names of genera and subgenera in zoology from the tenth edition of Linnaeus 1758 to the end of 1935. M—P. London : Zoological Society of London Vol. 3 1065 pp.
• Needham, A.D., Dawson, T.J. & Hales, J.R.S. 1974. Forelimb blood flow and saliva spreading in the thermoregulation of the red kangaroo, Megaleia rufa. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 49A: 555-565
• Nelson, J.E. & Goldstone, A. 1986. Reproduction in Peradorcas concinna (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Wildlife Research 13: 501-506
• Nelson, L.S., Storr, R.F. & Robinson, A.C. 1992. Plan of management for the brush-tailed bettong, Bettongia penicillata Gray, 1837 (Marsupialia, Potoroidae) in South Australia. South Australia : National Parks and Wildlife Service.
• Newell, G.R. 1999. Home range and habitat utilization of Lumholt's tree kangaroo (Dendrolagus lumholtzi) within a rainforest fragment in North Queensland. Wildlife Research 26: 129-145
• Newell, G.R. 1999. Responses of Lumholtz's tree kangaroo (Dendrolagus lumholtzi) to loss of habitat within a tropical rainforest fragment. Biological Conservation 91: 181-189
• Newsome, A. 1995. Red Kangaroo Macropus rufus. pp. 353-355 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Neylon, L. & Haight, J.R. 1983. Neocortical projections of the suprageniculate and posterior thalamic nuclei in the marsupial brush-tailed possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Phalangeridae), with a comparative commentary of the organization of the posterior thalamus in marsupial and placental mammals. Journal of Comparative Neurology 217: 357-375
• Nguyen, V.P., Needham, A.D. & Friend, J.A. 2004. A quantitative dietary study of the 'Critically Endangered' Gilbert's potoroo Potorous gilberti. Australian Mammalogy 27: 1-6
• Nicholas, K.R. 1988. Asynchronous dual lactation in a marsupial, the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 154: 529-536
• Nicholas, K.R. 1988. Control of milk protein synthesis in the marsupial Macropus eugenii: a model system to study prolactin-dependent development. pp. 68-85 in Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. & Janssens, P.A. (eds). The developing marsupial. Models for biomedical research. Berlin : Springer-Verlag.
• Nicholas, K.R., Wilde, C.J., Bird, P.H., Hendry, K.A.K., Tregenza, K. & Warner, B. 1995. Asynchronous concurrent secretion of milk proteins in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). pp. 153-170 in Wilde, C.J. & Peaker, M. (eds). Intercellular signalling in the mammary gland. Unknown : Knight, C.H.
• Nix, H.A. & Switzer, M.A. (eds) 1991. Rainforest Animals: Atlas of vertebrates endemic to Australia's wet tropics. Canberra : Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service 111 pp. [Kowari]
• Nolan, B.J. 1997. An update of the Proserpine rock-wallaby P. persephone Recovery Plan. Australian Mammalogy 19: 309-314
• Norbury, G. & Norbury, D. 1992. The impact of red kangaroos on the rangelands. Journal of Agriculture, Western Australia 4 33: 57-61
• Norbury, G.L. 1987. Twins in the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in north-western Victoria. Australian Mammalogy 10: 33
• Norbury, G.L., Coulson, G.M. & Walters, B.L. 1988. Aspects of the demography of the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus melanops in semi-arid north-west Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 257-266
• Norbury, G.L., Norbury, D.C. & Hacker, R.B. 1993. Impact of red kangaroos on the pasture layer in the Western Australian arid zone. Rangeland Journal 15: 12-23
• Norbury, G.L., Norbury, D.C. & Oliver, A.J. 1994. Facultative behaviour in unpredictable environments: mobility of red kangaroos in arid Western Australia. Journal of Animal Ecology 63: 410-418
• Norbury, G.L. & Norbury, D.C 1993. The distribution of red kangaroos in relation to range regeneration. Rangeland Journal 15: 3-11
• Norris, C.A. 1994. The periotic bones of possums and cuscuses: cuscus polyphyly and the division of the marsupial family Phalangeridae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 111: 73-98
• Norris, C.A. & Musser, G.G. 2001. Systematic revision within the Phalanger orientalis complex (Diprotodontia, Phalangeridae): a third species of lowland cuscus from New Guinea and Australia. American Museum Novitates No. 3356: 1-20
• Nurse, S.C. & Renfree, M.B. 1994. Pubertal development of the pouch and teats in the marsupial Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 101: 279-285
• O'Brien, K.R. & Gowans, R.M. 1985. The distribution of boulder streams and Podocarpus heath, components of the preferred habitat of Burramys parvus, in alpine and sub-alpine areas of eastern Victoria. Arthur Rylah Inst. Envir. Res. Tech. Rep. Ser. No 8. Dept of Conserv., Forests and Lands, Victoria : Melbourne. 22 pp.
• O'Keefe, J.S., Stanislawek, W.L. & Heath, D.D. 1997. Pathological studies of wobbly possum disease in New Zealand brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Veterinary Record 141: 226-229
• O'Reilly, H.M., Mansergh, I. & Willig, R. 1986. Daily pattern of activity of a captive mountain pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus (Broom) (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Mammalogy 9: 53-55
• Oates, J.E., Bradshaw, F.J. & Bradshaw, S.D. 2004. The influence of photoperiod on the reproductive activity of female honey possums, Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae): assessed by faecal progestagens and oestradiol-17β. General and Comparative Endocrinology 139: 103-112
• Ogilby, W. 1831. (untitled abstract). Proceedings of the Committee of the Zoological Society London 1831: 135-136 [Oct. 1831]
• Ogilby, W. 1832. On two species of mammalia from New Holland (Hypsiprymnus setosus and Ornithorhynchus brevirostris). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1831: 149 [16 Jan. 1832]
• Ogilby, W. 1836. (untitled abstract). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1835: 191-192 [8 Apr. 1836]
• Ogilby, W. 1837. Observations on the opposable power of the thumb in certain mammals, considered as a zoological character; and on the natural affinities which subsist between the Bimana, Quadrumana, and Pedimana. Magazine of Natural History Charlesworth 1: 449-459 [Sept. 1837]
• Ogilby, W. 1838. (untitled abstract). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837: 131 [14 June 1838]
• Ogilby, W. 1838. Description of various species of the genus Hypsiprymnus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1838: 62-63
• Ogilby, W. 1838. Observations upon some recent communications of Mr. J.E. Gray, of the British Museum, to the Annals of Natural History; with descriptions of two new kangaroos from Van Diemen's Land. Annals of Natural History 1: 216-221 [Published in 1 May 1838 and republished in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. in July 1838]
• Oken, L. 1816. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. Th. 3, Zoologie, Abth. 2, Fleischthiere. Jena : August Schmid xvi + 1270 pp.
• Oorschot, R.A.H. van, Cooper, D.W. & Moore, D.S. 1989. The origin of the feral dama (tammar) wallabies Macropus eugenii, in the Rotorua area of New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 16: 427-430
• Oorschot, R.A.H. van & Cooper, D.W. 1989. Twinning in the genus Macropus, especially M. eugenii (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 12: 83-84
• Osawa, R. 1989. Road-kills of the swamp wallaby, Wallabia bicolor, on North Stradbroke Island, south-east Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 95-104
• Osawa, R. 1990. Feeding strategies of the swamp wallaby, Wallabia bicolor, on North Stradbroke Island, Queensland. I. Composition of diets. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 615-621
• Osawa, R. & Woodall, P.F. 1990. Feeding strategies of the swamp wallaby, Wallabia bicolor, on North Stradbroke Island, Queensland. II. Effects of seasonal changes in diet quality on intestinal morphology. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 623-632
• Osawa, R. & Woodall, P.F. 1992. A comparative study of macroscopic and microscopic dimensions of the intestine in five macropods (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). I. Allometric relationships. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 91-98
• Osawa, R. & Woodall, P.F. 1992. A comparative study of macroscopic and microscopic dimensions of the intestine in five macropods (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). II. Relationship with feeding habits and fibre content on the diet. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 99-113
• Owen, H.J. & Norton, D.A. 1995. The diet of introduced brushtail possums Trichosurus vulpecula in a low-diversity New Zealand Nothofagus forest and possible implications for conservation management. Biological Conservation 71: 339-346
• Owen, R. 1839. Outlines of a classification of the Marsupialia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1839: 5-19
• Owen, R. 1841. On the osteology of the Marsupialia. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 2: 397-408 pls 68-71
• Owen, R. 1842. in Todd, R.B. (ed.) The Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology. London : Sherwood, Gilbert & Piper Vol. 2.
• Owen, R. 1874. On the fossil mammals of Australia — Part VIII. Family Macropodidae: Genera Macropus, Osphranter, Phascolagus, Sthenurus and Protemnodon. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 164: 245-287 pls 20-27
• Owen, R. 1877. On a new marsupial from Australia: Pleopus nudicaudatus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 20: 542
• Owen, R. 1878. On a new marsupial from Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 1: 103
• Packer, W.C. 1977. A metabolic study of the quokka, Setonix brachyurus, in varying regimes of temperature and humidity. pp. 379-391 in Stonehouse, B. & Gilmore, D. (eds). The Biology of Marsupials. London : Macmillan.
• Pahl, L. 1984. Diet preferences, diet composition and population density of the ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus cooki) in several plant communities in southern Victoria. pp. 253-260 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Pahl, L.I. 1987. Feeding behaviour and diet of the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus, in Eucalyptus woodlands and Leptospermum thickets in southern Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 35: 487-506
• Pahl, L.I. 1987. Survival, age determination and population age structure of the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus, in a Eucalyptus woodland and a Leptospermum thicket in southern Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 35: 625-639
• Pahl, L.I. & Lee, A.K. 1988. Reproductive traits of two populations of the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus, in Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 36: 83-97
• Pallas, P.S. 1766. Miscellanea Zoologica, quibus novae imprimis atque obscurae animalium species describuntur et observationibus iconibusque illustrantur. Hagae. Comitum : Petrum van Cleef xii 224 pp. xiv pls.
• Paplinska, R.L.C., Moyle, P.D., Temple-Smith, P.D. & Renfree, M.B. 2003. 15. Seasonal breeding in a Victorian population of the swamp wallaby (Wallabia bicolor). Reproduction Fertility and Development. Abstracts of the 34th Annual Conference of the Society for Reproductive Biology. pp.
• Parker, S.A. 1971. Notes on the small black wallaroo, Macropus bernardus (Rothschild, 1904) of Arnhem Land. Victorian Naturalist 88: 41-43
• Parrott, M.L., Ward, S.J. & Taggart, D.A. 2005. Multiple paternity and communal maternal care in the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus. Australian Journal of Zoology 53: 79-85
• Partington, C.F. 1836. The British Cyclopaedia of Natural History, combining a scientific classification of animals, plants, & minerals, &c. London Vol. 3.
• Partington, C.F. 1837. The British Cyclopaedia of Arts and Sciences (Literature, history, geography, law and politics. Natural history. Biography). London Vol. 3.
• Pass, M.A. & Brown, A.S. 1991. Liver function in normal koalas and macropods. Australian Veterinary Journal 67: 151-152
• Paterson, B.M., Morris, R.S., Weston, J. & Cowan, P.E. 1995. Foraging and denning patterns of brushtail possums, and their possible relationship to contact with cattle and the transmission of bovine tuberculosis. New Zealand Veterinary Journal 43: 281-288
• Pearse, R.J. 1981. Notes on breeding, growth and longevity of the forester or eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus Shaw, in Tasmania. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 229-235
• Pearson, D. 1992. Distribution and abundance of the black-footed rock-wallaby in the Warburton region of Western Australia. Wildlife Research 19: 605-622
• Pearson, D.J. 1989. The diet of the rufous hare-wallaby (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the Tanami Desert. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 527-535
• Pearson, D.J. 1992. Past and present distribution and abundance of the black-footed rock-wallaby in the Warburton region of Western Australia. Wildlife Research 19: 605-622
• Pearson, D. J. 2013. Recovery plan for five species of rock wallabies: Blackfooted rock wallaby (Petrogale lateralis), Rothschild rock wallaby (Petrogale rothschildi), Short-eared rock wallaby (Petrogale brachyotis), Monjon (Petrogale burbidgei) and Nabarlek (Petrogale concinna) 2012-2022. Department of Parks and Wildlife, Perth, WA. pp. i-ix, 1-63
• Pearson, D.J. & Kinnear, J.E. 1997. A review of the distribution, status and conservation of rock-wallabies in Western Australia. Australian Mammalogy 19: 137-152
• Pearson, D.J. & the Ngaanyatjarra Council. 1997. Aboriginal involvement in the survey and management of rock-wallabies. Australian Mammalogy 19: 249-256
• Pearson, J. 1946. The affinities of the rat-kangaroos (Marsupialia) as revealed by a comparative study of the female urogenital system. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1945: 13-25
• Pennant, T. 1783. History of the Quadrupeds. London : B. White xxiv 566 +14 pp. 52 pls.
• Péron, F. & Lesueur, C.A. 1807. in Péron, F. et Freycinet, L. (1807–1816). Voyage de Découvertes aux Terres Australes, Exécuté sur les corvettes le Géographe, le Naturaliste, et la goellette le Casuarina, pendant les années 1800–1804. 1 + atlas.
• Perry, G. 1810. Arcana; or The Museum of Natural History. London : British Museum 1 pp. [pages are unnumbered in original work; plates have been numbered by Mathews, G.M. & Iredale, T. 1912. 'Perry's Arcana' — an overlooked work. Victorian Naturalist 24: 7–16]
• Perry, R.J. & Braysher, M.L. 1986. A technique for estimating the numbers of eastern grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus, grazing a given area of pasture. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 335-338
• Peters, W. & Doria, G. 1875. Diagnosi di alcune nuove specie di Marsupiali appartenenti alla Fauna papuana. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genova 7: 541-544
• Peters, W.C.H. 1859. Über ein neues Flugbeutelthier, Petaurus (Belideus), aus dem südlichen Theile von Neuholland. Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1859: 14-15 [for date of publication Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Phillip, A. 1789. The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay; with an account of the establishment of the Colonies of Port Jackson & Norfolk Island; compiled from authentic papers, which have been obtained from the several Departments. To which are added, the journals of Lieuts. Shortland, Watts, Ball, & Capt. Marshall; with an account of their new discoveries embellished with fifty five copper plates, the maps and charts taken from actual surveys, & the plans and views drawn on the spot, by Capt. Hunter, Lieuts. Shortland, Watts, Dawes, Bradley, Capt. Marshall, &c. London : J. Stockdale lxxiv 298 pp.
• Phillips, M.J., Haouchar, D., Pratt, R.C., Gibb, G.C. & Bunce, M. 2013. Inferring kangaroo phylogeny from incongruent nuclear and mitochondrial genes. PLoS ONE (Public Library of Science) 2(2): 1-12
• Pollock, D.C. & Montague, T.L. 1991. A new trap trigger mechanism for the capture of swamp wallabies, Wallabia bicolor (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Wildlife Research 18: 459-461
• Poole, W.E. 1974. Reproduction in two species of grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus Shaw and M. fuliginosus (Desmarest). II. Gestation, parturition and pouch life. Australian Journal of Zoology 22: 277-302
• Poole, W.E. 1975. Reproduction in two species of grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus Shaw and M. fuliginosus (Desmarest). II. Gestation, parturition and pouch life. Australian Journal of Zoology 22: 277-302
• Poole, W.E. 1982. Macropus giganteus. Mammalian Species No. 187: 1–8.
• Poole, W.E. 1983. Breeding in the grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus, from widespread locations in eastern Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 453-466
• Poole, W.E. 1995. Common Wallaroo Macropus robustus. pp. 347-349 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Poole, W.E. 1995. Eastern Grey Kangaroo Macropus giganteus. pp. 335-338 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Poole, W.E. 1995. Western Grey Kangaroo Macropus fuliginosus. pp. 322-334 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Poole, W.E., Carpenter, S.M. & Simms, N.G. 1990. Subspecific separation in the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus: a morphometric study. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 159-168
• Poole, W.E., Carpenter, S.M. & Wood, J.T. 1982. Growth of grey kangaroos and the reliability of age determination from body measurements. II. The western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus fuliginosus, M.f. melanops and M.f. ocydromus. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 203-212
• Poole, W.E., Carpenter, S.M. & Wood, J.T. 1984. Growth of grey kangaroos and the reliability of age determination from body measurements III. Interspecific comparisons between eastern and western grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus and M. fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 11-19
• Poole, W.E., Merchant, J.C., Carpenter, S.M. & Calaby, J.H. 1985. Reproduction, growth and age determination in the yellow-footed rock-wallaby Petrogale xanthopus Gray, in captivity. Australian Wildlife Research 12: 127-136
• Poole, W.E., Sharman, G.B., Scott, K.J. & Thompson, S.Y. 1982. Composition of milk from red and grey kangaroos with particular reference to vitamins. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 35: 607-615
• Poole, W.E., Simms, N.G., Wood, J.T. & Lubulwa, M. 1991. Tables for age determination of the Kangaroo Island wallaby (tammar), Macropus eugenii, from body measurements. CSIRO Division of Wildlife and Ecology Technical Memorandum No. 32. 37 pp.
• Poole, W.E., Westcott, M. & Simms, N.G. 1992. Determination of oestrus in the female tammar, Macropus eugenii, by analysis of cellular composition of smears from the reproductive tract. Wildlife Research 19: 35-46
• Poole, W.E., Wood, J.T. & Simms, N.G. 1991. Distribution of the tammar, Macropus eugenii, and the relationships of the populations as determined by cranial morphometrics. Wildlife Research 18: 625-639
• Poole, W.E. & Brown, G.D. 1988. Further records of life-spans of the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), on Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Australian Mammalogy 11: 165-166
• Poole, W.E. & Merchant, J.C. 1987. Reproduction in captive wallaroos: the eastern wallaroo, Macropus robustus robustus, the euro M. r. erubescens and the antilopine wallaroo, M. antilopinus. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 225-242
• Pope, L.C., Sharp, A. & Moritz, C. 1996. Population structure of yellow footed rock-wallaby Petrogale xanthopus (Gray, 1854) inferred from mtDNA sequences and microsatellite loci. Molecular Ecology 5: 629-640
• Pople, A.R., Lowry, J., Lundie-Jenkins, G., Clancy, T.F., McCallum, H.I., Sigg, D., Hoolihan, D. & Hamilton, S. 2001. Demography of the bridled nailtail wallabies translocated to the edge of their former range from captive and wild stock. Biological Conservation 102: 285-299
• Potter, S., Close, R.L., Taggart, D.A., Cooper, S.J.B. & Eldridge, M.D.B. 2014. Taxonomy of rock-wallabies, Petrogale (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). IV. Multifaceted study of the brachyotis group identifies additional taxa. Australian Journal of Zoology 62: 401-414
• Presidente, P.J.A. 1982. Common brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula: maintenance in captivity, blood values, diseases and parasites. pp. 55-66 in Evans, D.D. (ed.). The Management of Australian Mammals in Captivity. Proceedings of the Scientific Meeting of the Australian Mammal Society, Healesville, Victoria, February 1979. Melbourne : Zoological Board of Victoria 194 pp.
• Presidente, P.J.A. 1984. Parasites and diseases of brushtail possums (Trichosurus spp.): occurrence and significance. pp. 171-190 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Press, A.J. 1988. The distribution and status of macropods (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory. Australian Mammalogy 11: 103-108
• Press, A.J. 1989. The abundance and distribution of black wallaroos Macropus bernardus and common wallaroos Macropus robustus on the Arnhem Land Plateau Australia. pp. 783-786 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Priddel, D. 1986. The diurnal and seasonal patterns of grazing of the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus, and the western grey kangaroo, M. fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 113-120
• Priddel, D. 1986. The diurnal and season patterns of grazing in the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus, and the western grey kangaroo, M. fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 113-120
• Priddel, D. 1988. Habitat utilisation by sympatric red kangaroos Macropus rufus, and western grey kangaroos M. fuliginosus, in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 413-421
• Priddel, D., Shepherd, N. & Ellis, M. 1988. Homing by the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 11: 171-172
• Priddel, D., Shepherd, N. & Wellard, G. 1988. Home ranges of sympatric red kangaroos Macropus rufus, and western grey kangaroos M. fuliginosus, in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 405-411
• Priddel, D., Wellard, G. & Shepherd, N. 1988. Movements of sympatric red kangaroos, Macropus rufus, and western grey kangaroos, M. fuliginosus, in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 339-346
• Prince, R.I.T. 1995. Banded Hare-wallaby Lagostrophus fasciatus. pp. 406-408 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Procter-Gray, E. 1984. Dietary ecology of the coppery brushtail possum, green ringtail possum and Lumholtz's tree kangaroo in northern Queensland. pp. 129-135 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Procter-Gray, E. 1984. Dietary ecology of the Coppery brushtail possum, Green ringtail possum and Lumholtz's tree-kangaroo in North Queensland. pp. 129-135 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Procter-Gray, E. & Ganslosser, U. 1986. The individual behaviours of Lumholtz's tree-kangaroo: repertoire and taxonomic implications. Journal of Mammalogy 67: 343-352
• Quin, D., Goldingay, R., Churchill, S. & Engel, D. 1996. Feeding behaviour and food availability of the yellow-bellied glider in North Queensland. Wildlife Research 23: 637-646
• Quin, D.G. 1989. Age structure, reproduction and mortality of the eastern grey kangaroo (Macropus giganteus Shaw) from Yan Yean, Victoria. pp. 787-794 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Quin, D.G. 1995. Population ecology of the squirrel glider (Petaurus norfolcensis) and the sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps) (Marsupialia, Petauridae) at Limeburners Creek, on the central north coast of New South Wales. Wildlife Research 22: 471-505
• Quin, D.G., Smith, A.P., Green, S.W. & Hines, H.B. 1992. Estimating the home ranges of sugar gliders (Petaurus breviceps) (Marsupialia: Petauridae), from grid-trapping and radiotelemetry. Wildlife Research 19: 471-487
• Quin, D.G., Smith, A.P. & Norton, T.W. 1996. Eco-geographical variation in size and sexual dimorphism in sugar gliders and squirrel gliders (Marsupialia, Petauridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 1996: 19-45
• Quoy, [J.R.C.] & Gaimard, [J.P.] 1824. Zoologie. In, Freycinet, L.C.D. de (ed.). Voyage autour du Monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi, exécuté sur les corvettes de S.M. Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. Paris : Pillet Aîné Vol. 1 712 pp. 96 pls.
• Quoy, [J.R.C.] & Gaimard, [J.P.] 1830. Zoologie. In, Dumont d'Urville, J.S.C (ed.). Voyages de Découvertes de l'Astrolabe, Exécutés par ordre du Roi, pendant les années 1826–1829 sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont d'Urville. Paris : J. Tastu Vol. 1.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, P. 1825. Notice sur les mammifères et les oiseaux de la Baie de Chiens-Marins et de la Nouvelle-Galles Sud; sur leurs moeurs et leur distribution géographique. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 5: 476-491
• Radford, S.L., Croft, D.B. & Moss, G.L. 1998. Male choice in female red-necked pademelons, Thylogale thetis (Marsupialia: Macropodoidea). Ethology 104: 217-231
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1815. Analyse de la nature, ou tableau de l'univers et des corps organises. Palermo (Italy) : Privately Published 224 pp. [Date published April to July]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1876. Description of a new genus and species of rat-kangaroo, allied to the genus Hypsiprymnus, proposed to be called Hypsiprymnodon moschatus. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 33-35
• Ramsay, E.P. 1876. Description of a new species of kangaroo, from New Guinea. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 162-164
• Ramsay, E.P. 1877. Description of a supposed new species of Rock Wallaby from the Palm Islands; on the north-east coast of Australia, proposed to be called Petrogale assimilis. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 359-361 (1875-1876)
• Ramsay, E.P. 1888. Notes on the fauna of the Bellenden-Ker Ranges. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 3: 1295-1299 [Date published 7 Dec. 1831]
• Ramsay, E.P. 1890. On a new species of Petaurides from the Bellenden-Ker Range, Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 1: 77-78 [Sept. 1890]
• Ramsey, D.S.L. & Wilson, J.C. 1997. The impact of grazing by macropods on coastal foredune vegetation in southeast Queensland. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 288-297
• Rawlins, D.R. & Handasyde, K.A. 2002. The feeding ecology of the striped possum, Dactylopsila trivirgata (Marsupialia: Petauridae) in far north Queensland, Australia. Journal of Zoology, London 257: 195-206
• Read, D.G. & Fox, B.J. 1991. Assessing the habitat of the parma wallaby, Macropus parma (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Wildlife Research 18: 469-478
• Read, D.G. & Fox, B.J. 1991. Viability of using faecal pellet counts for estimating parma wallaby, Macropus parma (Marsupialia; Macropodidae) density. Australian Mammalogy 14: 29-32
• Reddell, P., Spain, A.V. & Hopkins, M. 1997. Dispersal of spores of mycorrhizal fungi in scats of native mammals in tropical forests of northeastern Australia. Biotropica 29: 184-192
• Renfree, M.B. 1980. Embryonic diapause in the honey possum Tarsipes spencerae. Search 11: 81
• Renfree, M.B. 1995. Honey Possum Tarsipes rostratus. pp. 258-260 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Renfree, M.B., Parry, L.J., Fletcher, T.P. & Shaw, G. 1997. Control of parturition in the marsupial Macropus eugenii. pp. 31-40 in Saunders, N.R. & Hinds, L.A. (eds). Marsupial Biology: Recent research, new perspectives. Sydney : University of N.S.W. Press 413 pp.
• Renfree, M.B., Russell, E.M. & Wooller, R.D. 1984. Reproduction and life history of the honey possum, Tarsipes rostratus. pp. 427-437 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Reynolds, M.L., Cavanagh, M.E., Dziegielewska, K.M., Hinds, L.A., Saunders, N.R. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1985. Postnatal development of the telencephalon of the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). An accessible model of neocortical differentiation. Anatomy and Embryology 173: 81-94
• Rezakhani, A., Atwell, R.B. & Webster, J.D. 1986. The electrocardiogram of the eastern grey kangaroo (Macropus giganteus). Australian Veterinary Journal 63: 310-312
• Richards, J.D., Short, J., Prince, R.I.T., Friend, J.A. & Courtenay, J.M. 2003. The biology of the banded (Lagostrophus fasciatus) and rufous (Lagorchestes hirsutus) hare-wallabies (Diprotodontia: Macropodidae) on Dorre and Bernier Islands, Western Australia. Wildlife Research 28: 311-322
• Richardson, B.J., Inglis, B., Poole, W.E. & Rolfe, B. 1979. Galactose-1 phosphate uridyl transferase deficiency in the western grey kangaroo (Macropus fuliginosus; Marsupialia): a model system for gene therapy studies. Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science 57: 43-49
• Richardson, B.J. & Sharman, G.B. 1976. Biochemical and morphological observations on the wallaroos (Macropodidae: Marsupialia) with a suggested new taxonomy. Journal of Zoology, London 179: 499-513
• Richardson, K.C. 1989. Radiographic studies on the form and function of the gastrointestinal tract of the woylie (Bettongia penicillata). pp. 205-215 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Richardson, K.C., Wooller, R.D. & Collins, B.G. 1984. The diet of the honey possum Tarsipes rostratus. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of Australia 9: 110-113
• Richardson, K.C., Wooller, R.D. & Collins, B.G. 1986. Adaptations to a diet of nectar and pollen in the marsupial Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae). Journal of Zoology, London A 208: 285-298
• Ride, W.D.L. 1970. A Guide to the Native Mammals of Australia. Melbourne : Oxford University Press xiv 249 pp. 62 pls.
• Ride, W.D.L., Mees, G.F., Douglas, A.M., Royce, R.D. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1962. The results of an expedition to Bernier and Dorre Islands, Shark Bay, Western Australia. Fauna Bulletin of the Fishery Department of Western Australia 1962: 1-131
• Ride, W.D.L. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1962. Mammals. pp. 54-97 in Fraser, A.J. (ed.). The results of an expedition to Bernier and Dorre Islands, Shark Bay, Western Australia. Fauna Bulletin No. 2. Fisheries Department Western Australia. Perth : Fisheries Department Western Australia 131 pp.
• Ritchie, E.G. 2007. The ecology and conservation of the antilopine kangaroo (Macropus antilopinus). Unpublished Ph.D. thesis. Townsville : James Cook University.
• Roach, K. & Kreuger, B. 1989. The release of captive sugar gliders into Coranderrk Reserve, Healesville. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 14(2): 9-12
• Roberts, M.G. 1996. The dynamics of bovine tuberculosis in possum population, and its eradication or control by culling or vaccination. Journal of Animal Ecology 65: 451-464
• Robinson, A.C., Lim, L., Canty, P.D., Jenkins, R.B. & MacDonald, C.A. 1994. Studies of the yellow-footed rock-wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus Gray (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Population studies at Middle Gorge, South Australia. Wildlife Research 21: 473-481
• Robinson, A.C. & Young, M.C. 1983. The toolache wallaby (Macropus greyi Waterhouse). Department of the Environment and Planning Special Publication 2: 1-54
• Rodger, J.C., Cousins, S.J. & Mate, K.E. 1991. A simple glycerol-based freezing protocol for the semen of a marsupial Trichosurus vulpecula, the common brushtail possum. Reproduction, Fertility and Development 3: 119-125
• Rose, R. & Johnson, K.A. 1995. Tasmanian Bettong Bettongia gaimardi. pp. 287-288 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Rose, R.W. 1986. The control of pouch vacation in the Tasmanian bettong, Bettongia gaimardi. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 485-491
• Rose, R.W. 1986. The habitat, distribution and conservation status of the Tasmanian bettong, Bettongia gaimardi (Desmarest). Australian Wildlife Research 13: 1-6
• Rose, R.W. 1987. Reproductive biology of the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi: Macropodidae). Journal of Zoology, London 212: 59-67
• Rose, R.W. 1989. Age estimation of the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi) (Marsupialia: Potoroidae). Australian Wildlife Research 16: 251-261
• Rose, R.W. 1989. Comparative growth in the Macropodoidea with particular reference to Bettongia gaimardi. pp. 423-431 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Rose, R.W. 1992. Maternal recognition of pregnancy in the Tasmanian bettong, Bettongia gaimardi (Marsupialia: Macropodoidea). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 4: 35-41
• Rose, R.W. 1997. The effects of bromocriptine on the Tasmanian pademelons, Thylogale billardierii, during lactational quiescence. Australian Mammalogy 20: 49-52
• Rose, R.W., Shetewi, A.S. & Flowers, K. 2005. Milk composition of the Tasmanian pademelon (Thylogale billardierii Desmarest) (Macropodoidea: Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 53: 67-71
• Rose, R.W., Swain, R. & Bryant, S.L. 1990. Body temperature rhythm and regulation in the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi) (Marsupialia: Potoroidae). Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 97: 573-576
• Rose, R.W. & McCartney, D.J. 1982. Growth of the red-bellied pademelon, Thylogale billardierii, and age estimation of pouch young. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 33-38
• Rose, R.W. & McCartney, D.J. 1982. Reproduction of the red-bellied pademelon, Thylogale billardierii (Marsupialia). Australian Wildlife Research 9: 27-32
• Rose, R.W. & Rose, R.N. 1998. Bettongia gaimardi. Mammalian Species 584: 1-6
• Rosenberg, H.I. & Richardson, K.C. 1995. Cephalic morphology of the honey possum, Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia, Tarsipedidae) - an obligate nectarivore. Journal of Morphology 223: 303-323
• Rosenberg, H.I. & Rose, R. 1999. Volar adhesive pads of the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia: Acrobatidae). Canadian Journal of Zoology 77: 233-248
• Rothschild, W. 1892. Descriptions of two new mammals from New Guinea. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1892: 545-546 [Dec. 1892]
• Rothschild, W. 1903. Preliminary diagnosis of a new genus and species of kangaroo. Novitates Zoologicae 10: 414
• Rothschild, W. 1904. Note on Dendrodorcopis woodwardi. Novitates Zoologicae 10: 543
• Rothschild, W. 1905. Note on Macropus rufus Desm., with description of a new subspecies. Novitates Zoologicae 12: 508
• Rothschild, W. 1905. Notes on two kangaroos from the 'Northern Territory of South Australia,' with descriptions of a new species. Novitates Zoologicae 12: 509-510
• Rothschild, W. 1907. Further notes on Macropus magnus. Novitates Zoologicae 14: 333
• Rothschild, W. & Rothschild, N.C. 1898. Descriptions of three new kangaroos, and notes on the skull of Dendrolagus bennettianus. Novitates Zoologicae 5: 511-513
• Rowley, I. 1989. Predation of feather-tailed glider by grey shrike-thrushes. Australian Bird Watcher 13: 126
• Rowston, C. 1998. Nest- and refuge-tree usage by squirrel gliders, Petaurus norfolcensis, in south-east Queensland. Wildlife Research 25: 157-164
• Rudd, C.D. 1994. Sexual behaviour of male and female tammar wallabies (Macropus eugenii) at post-partum oestrus. Journal of Zoology, London 232: 151-162
• Runcie, M.J. 1999. Movements, dens and feeding behaviour of the tropical scaly-tailed possum (Wyulda squamicaudata). Wildlife Research 26: 367-373
• Runcie, M.J. 2000. Biparental care and obligate monogamy in the rock-haunting possum, (Petrospeudes dahli) of tropical Australian. Animal Behaviour 59: 1001-1008
• Runcie, M.J. 2004. Scent-marking and vocal communication in the rock-haunting possum Petropseudes dahli. pp. 401-412 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Russell, E.M. 1973. Mother-young relations and early behavioural development in the marsupials Macropus eugenii and Megaleia rufa. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 33: 163-203
• Russell, E.M. 1986. Observations on the behaviour of the honey possum, Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae) in captivity. Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 121: 1-63
• Russell, E.M. & Harrop, C.J.F. 1977. The behaviour of red kangaroos (Megaleia rufa) on hot summer days. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 40: 396-426
• Russell, E.M. & Renfree, M.B. 1989. Tarsipedidae. pp. 769-782 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 1B 827 pp.
• Russell, E.M. & Richardson, B.J. 1971. Some observations on the breeding, age structure, dispersion and habitat of populations of Macropus robustus and Macropus antilopinus (Marsupialia). Journal of Zoology, London 165: 131-142
• Russell, R. 1980. Spotlight on Possums. Brisbane : University of Queensland Press.
• Russell, R. 1984. Social behaviour of the Yellow-bellied glider, Petaurus australis reginae in north Queensland. pp. 343-353 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Russell, R. 1984. Social behaviour of the Yellow-bellied glider Petaurus australis reginae in north Queensland. pp. 343-353 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Russell, R. 1995. Yellow-bellied Glider Petaurus australis. pp. 226-228 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Sakaguchi, E. & Hume, I.D. 1990. Digesta retention and fibre digestion in brushtail possums, ringtail possums and rabbits. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 96: 351-354
• Sampson, J.C. 1971. The Biology of Bettongia penicillata Gray, 1837. Unpubl. Ph.D. Thesis. Perth : Univ. West. Aust.
• Sander, U., Short, J. & Turner, B. 1997. Social organisation and warren use of the burrowing bettong, Bettongia lesueur (Macropodoidea: Potoroidae). Wildlife Research 24: 143-158
• Sanderson, K.J. 1984. Development of the visual system in the brushtailed possum. pp. 145-154 in Stone, J., Dreher, B. & Rapaport, D.H. (eds). Development of visual pathways in mammals. New York : Alan R. Liss.
• Sanderson, K.J. & O'Driscoll, M. 1986. Breeding season of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae), in Adelaide. Australian Mammalogy 9: 139-140
• Sanson, G.D. 1995. Nabarlek Petrogale concinna. pp. 371-372 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Sanson, G.D., Nelson, J.E. & Fell, P. 1985. Ecology of Peradorcas concinna in Arnhem Land in a wet and a dry season. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 65-72
• Saunders, N.R. & Hinds, L.A. (eds) 1997. Marsupial Biology: Recent research, new perspectives. Sydney : University of NSW Press 413 pp.
• Saxon, M.J., Henry, S.R. & Seebeck, J.H. 1994. Management strategy for the conservation of the long-footed potoroo (Potorous longipes) in Victoria. Arthur Rylah Institute for Environmental Research. Technical Report Series Number 127. 27 pp.
• Schinz, H.R. 1821. Das Tierreich eingeheilt nach dem Bau der Thiere als Grundlage ihrer Naturgeschichte und der Vergleichenden Anatomie von dem Herrn Ritter von Cuvier Staatsgrath von Fransreich und beständiger Secretär der Academie der Wissenschaften U.S.W. Aus dem Französischen frey übersetzt und mit vielen Zusätzen versehen. Säugethiere und Vögel. Stuttgart : J.G. Cotta'schen Buchhandlung.
• Schinz, H.R. 1844. Systematisches vertzeichniss aller bis jetzt bekannten Säugethiere, oder Synopsis mammalium nach dem Cuvier'schen System. Solothurn : Publisher unknown 1 pp.
• Schneider, S., Vincent, V., Tichy, H., Figueroa, F. & Klein, J. 1991. MHC class-II genes of a marsupial, the red-necked wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus) - identification of new gene families. Molecular Biology and Evolution 8: 753-766
• Schurer, U. 1985. Das Moschusrattenkanguruh, Hypsiprymnodon moschatus - Beobachtungen im Freiland und im Gehege. Zoologische Garten 55: 257-267
• Schwarz, E. 1909. Über zwei mit Trichosurus vulpecula verwandte Kusus. Zoologischer Anzeiger 34: 625-626
• Schwarz, E. 1910. Die Grossen Känguruhs und ihre geographischen Formen. Novitates Zoologicae 17: 86-108
• Schwarz, E. 1910. On the wallabies usually referred to Macropus agilis, Gould. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 5: 164-166
• Schwarz, E. 1931. Der Zoologische Garten (NF) Bd 4, 6–7. [publication date established from holotype]
• Sclater 1875. [footnote to a letter addressed to the Secretary by M.L.M.D. D'Albertis]. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1875: 530-532
• Sclater, P.L. 1870. On additions to the menagerie in February 1870. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 125-127 pl. 10
• Scotts, D. & Seebeck, J.H. 1989. Ecology of Potorous longipes (Marsupiala: Potoroidae); and preliminary recommendations for management of its habitat in Victoria. Arthur Rylah Institute for Environmental Research Technical Report Series No 62. 129 pp.
• Seebeck, J.H. 1981. Potorous tridactylus (Kerr) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae): its distribution, status and habitat preferences in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 285-306
• Seebeck, J.H. 1992. Breeding, growth and development of captive Potorous longipes (Marsupialia: Potoroidae): and a comparison with P. tridactylus. Australian Mammalogy 15: 37-45
• Seebeck, J.H. 1992. Sub-fossil potoroos in south-eastern Australia; with a record of Potorous longipes from New South Wales. Victorian Naturalist 109: 173-176
• Seebeck, J.H. 1995. Long-footed Potoroo Potorous longipes. pp. 298-299 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Seebeck, J.H., Bennett, A.F. & Scotts, D.J. 1989. Ecology of the Potoroida – A review. pp. 67-88 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Seebeck, J.H., Warneke, R.M. & Baxter, B.J. 1984. Diet of the Bobuck, Trichosurus caninus (Ogilby) (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) in a mountain forest in Victoria. pp. 145-154 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Seebeck, J.H. & Johnston, P.G. 1980. Potorous longipes (Marsupialia: Macropodidae); a new species from eastern Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 119-134
• Seebeck, J.H. & Rose, R.W. 1989. Potoroidae. pp. 716-739 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 1B 827 pp.
• Serena, M., Bell, L. & Booth, R.J. 1996. Reproductive behaviour of the long-footed potoroo (Potorous longipes) in captivity, with an estimate of gestation length. Australian Mammalogy 19: 57-62
• Serres, P.M.T. de 1838. Essai sur les cavernes à ossemens et sur les causes qui les y ont accumulés. 3e edn Paris. 412 pp.
• Sharman, G.B. 1955. Studies on marsupial reproduction III. Normal and delayed pregnancy in Setonix brachyurus. Australian Journal of Zoology 3: 56-70
• Sharman, G.B., Frith, H.J. & Calaby, J.H. 1964. Growth of the pouch young, tooth eruption and age determination in the red kangaroo, Megaleia rufa. CSIRO Wildlife Research 9: 20-49
• Sharman, G.B., Maynes, G.M., Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Proserpine Rock-wallaby Petrogale persephone. pp. 386-387 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Sharman, G.B., Maynes, G.M., Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Rothschild's Rock-wallaby Petrogale rothschildi. pp. 388-389 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Sharman, G.B., Maynes, G.M., Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Short-eared Rock-wallaby Petrogale brachyotis. pp. 367-368 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Sharman, G.B., Maynes, G.M., Eldridge, M.D.B. & Close, R.L. 1995. Yellow-footed Rock-wallaby Petrogale xanthopus. pp. 391-393 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Sharman, G.B., Murtagh, C.E., Johnson, P.M. & Weaver, C.M. 1980. The chromosomes of a rat-kangaroo attributable to Bettongia tropica (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 59-63
• Sharman, G.B. & Calaby, J.H. 1964. Reproductive behaviour in the red kangaroo, Megaleia rufa, in captivity. CSIRO Wildlife Research 9: 58-84
• Sharp, A. 1997. Insights into the dispersal patterns of yellow-footed rock-wallabies, P. xanthopus. Australian Mammalogy 19: 229-238
• Sharp, A. 1997. The use of shelter sites by yellow-footed rock-wallabies, P. xanthopus, in central-western Queensland. Australian Mammalogy 19: 239-244
• Sharpe, D.J. & Goldingay, R.L. 1998. Feeding behaviour of the squirrel glider at Bungawalbin Nature Reserve, north-eastern New South Wales. Wildlife Research 25: 243-254
• Shaw, C. 1794. Zoology of New Holland. London : J. Sowerby.
• Shaw, G. 1790. The Naturalist's Miscellany: or coloured figures of natural objects, drawn and described immediately from nature. London : G. Kearsley Vol. 1.
• Shaw, G. 1791. The Naturalist's Miscellany: or coloured figures of natural objects; drawn and described immediately from nature. London : Nodder Vol. 2. [Date published Mar. 1791: publication date established from Sherborn, C.D. 1895. On the dates of Shaw and Nodder's 'Naturalist's Miscellany'. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 15: 375–376]
• Shaw, G. 1794. Zoology of New Holland. London : J. Sowerby.
• Shaw, G. 1800. General Zoology or systematic natural history. Quadrupeds. London : G. Kearsley Vol. 1Pt 2 i-viii pp. 249-552.
• Shaw, G. & Renfree, M.B. 1984. Concentrations of oestradiol-17[beta] in plasma and corpra lutea throughout pregnancy in the tammar, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 72: 29-37
• Shaw, G. & Renfree, M.B. 1986. Uterine and embryonic metabolism after diapause in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 76: 339-347
• Shelley, D. 1998. Survey of vertebrate fauna and habitats in a cypress pine-ironbark forest in central-west New South Wales. The Australian Zoologist 30: 426-436
• Shelley, D.A. 1993. 1990-91 survey of the brush-tailed rock-wallaby Petrogale penicillata in the Warrumbungle National Park Coonabarabran, New South Wales. The Australian Zoologist 29: 79-84
• Shelley, D.J. 1997. The effects of non-sex-biased shooting on some population characteristics of the eastern grey kangaroo in the Murrurundi area, New South Wales. The Australian Zoologist 30: 330-339
• Shepherd, K.A., Wardell-Johnson, G.W., Loneragan, W.A. & Bell, D.T. 1997. Diet of the herbivorous marsupials in a Eucalyptus marginata forest and their impact on the understorey. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 80: 47-54
• Shepherd, N.C. 1982. Extension of the known range of western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus, and eastern grey kangaroo, M. giganteus, in New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 389-391
• Shepherd, N.C., Hopwood, P.R. & Dostine, P.L. 1988. Capture myopathy: two techniques for estimating its prevalence and severity in red kangaroos, Macropus rufus. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 83-90
• Short, J. 1982. Habitat requirements of the brush-tailed rock-wallaby, Petrogale penicillata in New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 239-246
• Short, J. 1989. The diet of the brush-tailed rock-wallaby in New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 11-18
• Short, J., Bradshaw, S.D., Giles, J., Prince, R.I.T. & Wilson, G. 1992. Reintroduction of macropods (Marsupialia: Macropodoidea) in Australia - a review. Biological Conservation 62: 189-204
• Short, J., Turner, B., Majors, C. & Leone, J. 1997. The fluctuating abundance of endangered mammals on Bernier and Dorre Islands, Western Australia - conservation implications. Australian Mammalogy 20: 53-61
• Short, J. & Milkovits, G. 1990. Distribution and status of the brush-tailed rock-wallaby in south-eastern Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 169-179
• Short, J. & Turner, B. 1991. Distribution and abundance of spectacled hare-wallabies and euros on Barrow Island, Western Australia. Wildlife Research 18: 421-429
• Short, J. & Turner, B. 1992. The distribution and abundance of the banded and rufous hare-wallabies, Lagostrophus fasciatus and Lagorchestes hirsutus. Biological Conservation 60: 157-166
• Short, J. & Turner, B. 1993. The distribution and abundance of the burrowing bettong (Marsupialia: Macropodoidea). Wildlife Research 20: 524-534
• Short, J. & Turner, B. 1994. A test of the vegetation mosaic hypothesis: A hypothesis to explain the decline and extinction of Australian mammals. Conservation Biology 8: 439-449
• Short, J. & Turner, B. 2000. Reintroduction of the burrowing bettong Bettongia lesueur (Marsupialia: Potoroidae) to mainland Australia. Biological Conservation 96: 185-196
• Sinclair, A.R.E., Pech, R.P., Dickman, C.R., Hik, D., Mahon, P. & Newsome, A.E. 1998. Predicting effects of predation on conservation of endangered prey. Conservation Biology 12: 564-575
• Sinclair, E.A., Danks, A. & Wayne, A..F. 1996. Rediscovery of Gilbert's potoroo, Potorous tridactylus, in Western Australia. Australian Mammalogy 19: 69-72
• Sinclair, E.A. & Westerman, M. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships within the genus Potorous (Marsupialia: Potoroidae) based on allozyme electrophoresis and sequence analysis of the cytochrome b gene. Journal of Mammalian Evolution 4: 147-161
• Slater, G. 1987. Maintaining the mountain pygmy-possum Burramys parvus in captivity at Healesville Sanctuary. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 12(4): 2-5
• Slater, G. 1987. The long-footed potoroo - a new species in captivity. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 12(1): 2-5
• Slaven, M.R. & Richardson, K.C. 1988. Aspects of the form and function of the kidney of the honey possum, Tarsipes rostratus. Australian Journal of Zoology 36: 465-471
• Smales, I.J. 1994. The discovery of Leadbeater's possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri McCoy, resident in a lowland swamp woodland. Victorian Naturalist 111: 178-181
• Smith, A. 1982. Is the striped possum (Dactylopsila trivirgata; Marsupialia, Petauridae) an arboreal anteater? Australian Mammalogy 5: 229-234
• Smith, A. 1984. Demographic consequences of reproduction, dispersal and social interaction in a population of Leadbeaters possum (Gymnobelideus leadbeateri). pp. 359-373 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Smith, A. 1984. Diet of Leadbeaters possum, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri (Marsupialia). Australian Wildlife Research 11: 265-273
• Smith, A. 1995. Leadbeater's Possum Gymnobelideus leadbeateri. pp. 224-226 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Smith, A. & Russell, R. 1982. Diet of the yellow-bellied glider Petaurus australis (Marsupialia: Petauridae) in North Queensland. Australian Mammalogy 5: 41-45
• Smith, A.P. 1982. Diet and feeding strategies of the marsupial sugar glider in temperate Australia. Journal of Animal Ecology 51: 149-166
• Smith, A.P. 1986. Stomach contents of the Long-tailed Pygmy-possum, Cercartetus caudatus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Mammalogy 9: 135-137
• Smith, A.P., Nagy, K.A., Fleming, M.R. & Green, B. 1982. Energy requirements and water turnover in free-living Leadbeater's possums, Gymnobelideus leadbeateri (Marsupialia: Perauridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 30: 737-749
• Smith, A.P. & Broome, L. 1992. The effects of season, sex and habitat on the diet of the mountain pygmy-possum (Burramys parvus). Wildlife Research 19: 755-768
• Smith, A.P. & Green, S.W. 1987. Nitrogen requirements of the sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps), an omnivorous marsupial, on a honey-pollen diet. Physiological Zoology 60: 82-92
• Smith, A.P. & Lee, A.K. 1984. The evolution of strategies for survivial and reproduction in possums and gliders. pp. 17-33 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Smith, A.P. & Lindenmayer, D. 1988. Tree hollow requirements of Leadbeater's possum and other possums and gliders in timber production ash forests of the Victorian central highlands. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 347-362
• Smith, A. P. & Lindenmayer, D. 1992. Forest succession, timber production and conservation of Leadbeater's possum (Gymnobelideus leadbeateri Marsupialia: Petauridae). Forest Ecology and Management 49: 311-332
• Smith, M.J. 1973. Petaurus breviceps. Mammalian Species 30: 1-5
• Smith, M.J. 1984. Observations on the reproductive system and paracloacal glands of Cercartetus lepidus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Mammalogy 7: 175-178
• Smith, M.J. 1984. The reproductive system and paracloacal glands of Petaurus breviceps and Gymnobelideus leadbeateri (Marsupialia: Petauridae). pp. 321-330 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Smith, M.J. 1989. Release of embryonic diapause in the brush-tailed bettong, Bettongia penicillata. pp. 317-321 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Smith, M.J. 1992. Evidence from the oestrus cycle for male-induced ovulation in Bettongia penicillata (Marsupialia). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 95: 283-289
• Smith, M.J. 1994. Male-induced oestrus and ovulation in female brush-tailed bettongs (Bettongia penicillata) suckling a young in the pouch. Reproduction, Fertility and Development 6: 445-449
• Smith, M.J. 1995. Desert Rat-kangaroo Caloprymnus campestris. pp. 296-297 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Smith, M.J. 1995. Toolache Wallaby Macropus greyi. pp. 339-340 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Smith, M.J. 1995. Western Pygmy-possum Cercartetus concinnus. pp. 213-214 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Smith, M.J. 1998. Establishment of a captive colony of Bettongia tropica (Marsupialia: Potoroidae) by cross-fostering; and observations on reproduction. Journal of Zoology, London 244: 43-50
• Smith, M.J. & Hinds, L. 1995. Tammar Wallaby Macropus eugenii. pp. 329-331 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Smolenski, A.J. & Rose, R.W. 1988. Comparative lactation in two species of rat-kangaroo (Marsupialia). Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 90: 459-463
• Southwell, C. & Fletcher, M. 1990. The use of roads and tracks as transect routes for surveying the abundance of whiptail wallabies, Macropus parryi (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 13: 223-226
• Southwell, C.J. 1984. Variability in grouping in the eastern grety kangaroo, Macropus giganteus I. Group density and group size. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 423-435
• Southwell, C.J. 1984. Variable in grouping in the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus, II. Dynamics of group formation. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 437-449
• Southwell, C.J., Weaver, K.E., Cairns, S.C., et al. 1995. Abundance of macropods in north-eastern New South Wales, and the logistics of broad-scale ground surveys. Wildlife Research 22: 757-766
• Southwell, C.J. & Fletcher, M.S. 1988. Diurnal and nocturnal habitat utilisation by the whiptail wallaby, Macropus parryi. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 595-603
• Spear, R., Haffenden, A.T., Daniels, P.W., Thomas, A.D. & Seawright, C.D. 1984. Disease of the Herbert River Ringtail, Pseudocheirus herbertensis and other North Queensland rainforest possums. pp. 283–302 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Spencer, P.B.S. 1991. Evidence of predation by a feral cat, Felis catus (Carnivora: Felidae) on an isolated rock-wallaby colony in tropical Queensland. Australian Mammalogy 14: 143-144
• Spencer, P.B.S., Adams, M., Marsh, H., Miller, D.J. & Eldridge, M.D.B. 1997. High levels of genetic variability in an isolated colony of rock-wallabies (Petrogale assimilis): Evidence from three classes of molecular markers. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 199-210
• Spencer, P.B.S., Horsup, A.B. & Marsh, H.D. 1998. Enhancement of reproductive success through mate choice in a social rock-wallaby, Petrogale assimilis (Macropodidae) as revealed by microsatellite markers. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 43: 1-9
• Spencer, P.B.S. & Speare, R. 1992. Haematology of wild allied rock-wallabies, Petrogale assimilis Ramsay,1877 (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in north Queensland. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 355-364
• Sprent, J.A. & McArthur, C. 2002. Diet and diet selection in the macropodid browser-grazer continuum: do they eat what they 'should'? Australian Journal of Zoology 50: 183-192
• Springer, M., Kirsch, J.A.W., Aplin, K. & Flannery, T. 1990. DNA hybridisation, cladistics and the phylogeny of phalangerid marsupials. Journal of Molecular Evolution 30: 298-311
• Springer, M., McKay, G., Aplin, K. & Kirsch, J. 1992. Relations, among ringtail possums (Marsupialia: Pseudocheiridae) based on DNA-DNA hybridisation. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 423-435
• Stanley, N.F. 1983. Immunological studies on the quokka. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 66: 28-31
• Start, T., Burridge, A., Sinclair, E. & Wayne, A. 1995. Lost & found Gilbert's potoroo. Landscape 10: 28-33
• Statham, H.L. 1984. The diet of Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr) in four Tasmanian forest locations. pp. 213-219 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Statham, M. & Statham, H.L. 1997. Movements and habits of brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in an urban area. Wildlife Research 24: 715-726
• Stevens, C. 1981. The husbandry of quokkas (Setonix brachyurus) at the Royal Mebourne Zoo. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 6: 21-26
• Stewart, F. 1984. Mammogenesis and changing prolactin receptor concentrations in the mammary glands of the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 71: 141-148
• Stirrat, S.C.. 1997. Behavioural responses of agile wallabies (Macropus agilis) to darting and immobilisation with tileamine hydrochloride and zolazepam hydrochloride. Wildlife Research 24: 89-96
• Stirrat, S.C. & Fuller, M. 1997. The repertoire of social behaviours of agile wallabies, Macropus agilis. Australian Mammalogy 20: 71-78
• Stirton, R.A. 1955. Late Tertiary marsupials from South Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum (Adelaide) 11: 247-268
• Stodart, E. 1966. Observations on the behaviour of the marsupial Bettongia lesueuri (Quoy & Gaimard) in an enclosure. CSIRO Wildlife Research 11: 91-99
• Stoddart, D.M., Bradley, A.J. & Mallick, J. 1994. Plasma testosterone concentrations, body weight, social dominance and scent marking in male sugar gliders (Petaurus breviceps; Marsupialia: Petauridae). Journal of Zoology, London 232: 595-601
• Stoddart, D.M. & Bradley, A.J. 1991. The frontal and gular scent organs of the marsupial sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps). Journal of Zoology, London 225: 1-12
• Stoddart, M., Bradley, A.J. & Hynes, K.L. 1992. Olfactory biology of the marsupial sugar glider - a preliminary study. pp. 523-528 in Doty, R.L. & Muller-Schwarze, D. (eds). Chemical signals in vertebrates. New York : Plenum.
• Stokes, J.L. 1846. Discoveries in Australia; with an account of the coasts and rivers explored and surveyed during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, in the years 1837–38–39–40–41–42–43, by command of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, also a narration of Captain Owen Stanley's visits to the islands in the Arafura Sea. Vol. 1. xiii 521 pp.
• Storch, D. 1993. The northern bettong - an endangered endemic of far north Queensland. North Queensland Naturalist 196: 15-16
• Storr, G.C.C. 1780. Prodromus Methodi Mammalium. Tubingen.
• Strahan, R. 1995. Eastern Hare-wallaby Lagorchestes leporides. pp. 319-320 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Suckling, G.C. 1984. Population ecology of the sugar glider, Petaurus breviceps, in a system of fragmented habitats. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 49-76
• Suckling, G.C. 1984. Population ecology of the sugar glider, Petaurus breviceps, in a system of fragmented habitats. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 49-75
• Suckling, G.C. 1995. Squirrel Glider Petaurus norfolcensis. pp. 234-235 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Suckling, G.C. 1995. Sugar Glider Petaurus breviceps. pp. 229-231 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Suckling, G.C. & Goldstraw, P. 1989. Progress of sugar glider Petaurus breviceps, establishment at the Tower Hill State Game Reserve, Vic. Victorian Naturalist 106: 179-183
• Suckling, G.C. & Macfarlane 1983. Introduction of the sugar glider, Petaurus breviceps, into re-established forest of the Tower Hill State Game Reserve, Vic. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 249-258
• Sunnucks, P. & Taylor, A.C. 1997. Sex of pouch young to maternal weight in Macropus eugenii and M. parma (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 573-578
• Tate, G.H.H. 1938. New or little known marsupials: a new species of Phascogalinae, with notes upon Acrobates pulchellus Rothschild. Novitates Zoologicae 41: 58-60
• Tate, G.H.H. 1945. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 52 The marsupial genus Phalanger. American Museum Novitates 1283: 1-41
• Tate, G.H.H. 1945. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 54 The marsupial genus Pseudocheirus and its subgenera. American Museum Novitates 1287: 1-30 [11 June 1945]
• Tate, G.H.H. 1945. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 55 Notes on the squirrel-like and mouse-like possums (Marsupialia). American Museum Novitates 1305: 1-12 [29 Dec. 1945]
• Tate, G.H.H. 1948. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 59 Studies on the anatomy and phylogeny of the Macropodidae (Marsupialia). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 91: 233-351
• Tate, G.H.H. & Archbold, R. 1935. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No.5. Seven apparently new forms of Phalangeridae from the New Guinea region. American Museum Novitates No. 810: 8 pp.
• Taylor, A.C., Sunnucks, P. & Cooper, D.W. 1999. Retention of reproductive barriers and ecological differences between two introduced sympatric Macropus spp. in New Zealand. Animal Conservation 2: 195-202
• Taylor, J.M. & Horner, B.E. 1973. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 98. Systematics of native Australian Rattus (Rodentia, Muridae). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 150: 1-130
• Taylor, R.J. 1982. Population composition of the wallaroo, Macropus robustus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the New England Tablelands of New South Wales. Australian Mammalogy 5: 221-223
• Taylor, R.J. 1983. Association of social classes of the wallaroo, Macropus robustus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Wildlife Research 10: 39-45
• Taylor, R.J. 1983. The diet of the eastern grey kangaroo and wallaroo in areas of improved and native pasture in the New England tablelands. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 203-211
• Taylor, R.J. 1984. Foraging in the eastern grey kangaroo and the wallaroo. Journal of Animal Ecology 53: 65-74
• Taylor, R.J. 1985. Effects of pasture improvement on the nutrition of eastern grey kangaroos and wallaroos. Journal of Applied Ecology 22: 717-725
• Taylor, R.J. 1985. Habitat use by the eastern grey kangaroo and wallaroo in an area of sympatry. Mammalia 49: 173-186
• Taylor, R.J. 1990. Population structure and condition of Bettongia gaimardi in Tasmania. The Australian Zoologist 26: 23-25
• Taylor, R.J. 1992. Distribution and abundance of fungal sporocarps and diggings of the Tasmanian bettong, Bettongia gaimardi. Australian Journal of Ecology 17: 155-160
• Taylor, R.J. 1992. Fire, mycorrhizal fungi and management of mycophagus marsupials. Australian Journal of Zoology 17: 227-228
• Taylor, R.J. 1992. Seasonal changes in the diet of the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi), a mycophagous marsupial. Journal of Mammalogy 73: 408-414
• Taylor, R.J. 1993. Habitat requirements of the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi), a mycophagous marsupial. Wildlife Research 20: 699-710
• Taylor, R.J. 1993. Home range, nest use and activity of the Tasmanian bettong (Bettongia gaimardi). Wildlife Research 20: 87-95
• Taylor, R.J. & Rose, R.W. 1987. Comparison of growth of pouch young of the Tasmanian bettong, Bettongia gaimardi, in captivity and in the wild. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 257-262
• Telfer, W.R. & Eldridge, M.D.B. 2010. High levels of mitochondrial DNA divergence within short-eared rock-wallaby (Petrogale brachyotis) populations in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 58(2): 104-112
• Temminck, C.J. 1827. Monographies de Mammalogie, ou description de quelques genres de mammifères, dont les espèces ont été observées dans les différens musées d'Europe. Ouvrage accompagné de planches d'Ostéologie, pouvant servir de suite et de complément aux notices sur les animaux vivans, publiées par M. le Baron G. Cuvier, dans ses recherches sur les ossemens fossiles. Paris : G. Dufour & E. D'Ocagne Vol. 1.
• Templeton, S.A. 1990. A report on the rufous hare-wallaby colony at the Territory Wildlife Park, N.T. Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 15: 19-22
• Thomas, M.D., Warburton, B. & Coleman, J.D. 1984. Brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) movements about an erosion-control planting of poplars. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 11: 429-436
• Thomas, O. 1879. On Robert Kerr's translation of the 'Systema Naturae' of Linnaeus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4(5): 396-397
• Thomas, O. 1885. Phalanger. In The Encyclopædia Britannica: a dictionary of arts, sciences, and general literature. Edinburgh : Adam & Charles Black Vol. 18 (9th Edition) 18. 727-729 pp.
• Thomas, O. 1887. On the wallaby commonly known as Lagorchestes fasciatus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1886: 544-547 [1 Apr. 1887; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Thomas, O. 1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History). London : British Museum xiii 401 pp. 28 pls. [3 Nov. 1888]
• Thomas, O. 1900. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a new sub-species of kangaroo from Western Australia, proposed to be named Macropus robustus cervinus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1900: 113
• Thomas, O. 1900. Exhibition of and remarks upon a skin of a new species of kangaroo, proposed to be called Macropus bedfordi. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1900: 112
• Thomas, O. 1901. On some kangaroos and bandicoots from Barrow Island, North-west Australia, and the adjoining mainland. Novitates Zoologicae 8: 394-396
• Thomas, O. 1904. On a collection of mammals made by Mr J.T. Tunney in Arnhem Land, Northern Territory of South Australia. Novitates Zoologicae 11: 222-229
• Thomas, O. 1904. On a new rock-wallaby from north-west Australia. Novitates Zoologicae 11: 365-366
• Thomas, O. 1905. On some Australasian mammals. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 16: 422-428
• Thomas, O. 1907. List of further collections of mammals from Western Australia, including a series from Bernier Island, obtained for Mr. W.E. Balston; with field-notes by the collector, Mr. G.C. Shortridge. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1906: 763-777 [Apr. 1907; publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84 [76]]
• Thomas, O. 1908. The species of the genus Dactylopsila. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 1: 122-124 [Jan. 1908]
• Thomas, O. 1909. Two new mammals from N. Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 4: 197-198
• Thomas, O. 1911. A new kangaroo from the Northern Territory of Western Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 7: 609-610
• Thomas, O. 1922. A new rock wallaby (Petrogale) from the islands off South Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 9: 681-683
• Thomas, O. 1922. A selection of lectotypes of the typical Australian marsupials in the British Museum Collection. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 10: 127-128
• Thomas, O. 1923. in Anon. Abstract of the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. No. 235 for February 6th, 1923.
• Thomas, O. 1923. Exhibition of a new rock kangaroo from northern Queensland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1923: 177-178
• Thomas, O. 1923. On some Queensland Phalangeridae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 11: 246-250 [1 Feb. 1923]
• Thomas, O. 1923. On the ring-tailed phalanger of South Australia, and a new rat from North Queensland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 12: 158-160
• Thomas, O. 1926. On various animals obtained during Capt. Wilkin's expedition in Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 17: 625-635 [June 1926]
• Thomas, O. 1926. Two new rock-wallabies (Petrogale) discovered by Capt. G.W. Wilkins in Northern Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 17: 184-186 [Date published Jan. 1926: publication date established from Iredale, T. & Troughton, E. le G. 1934. A check-list of the mammals recorded from Australia. Mem. Aust. Mus. 6: i–xii 1–122]
• Thomas, O. & Dollman, G. 1909. On mammals from Inkerman, north Queensland, presented to the National Museum by Sir William Ingram, Bt., and the Hon. John Forrest. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1908: 788-794 pl. 42 [Date published Apr. 1909: publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84 [76]]
• Thompson, S.A. & Thompson, G.G 2009. A case for in situ management of Western Ringtail Possums, Pseudocheirus occidentalis, in development areas. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 92(3): 269-276
• Thomson, J.A. & Owen, W.H. 1964. A field study of the Australian ringtail possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Ecological Monographs 34: 27-52
• Tibben, E.A., Holland, R.A.B. & Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1991. Blood oxygen carriage in a marsupial, tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii), at prenatal and neonatal stages. Respiration Physiology 84: 93-104
• Tighe, P.J., Davies, R.J. & Coulson, G.M. 1981. Exploitation and management of wallabies. pp. 3-36 in Jones, R. (ed.). Exploited and endangered wildlife. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania Occasional Papers No. 12
• Tiver, F. & Andrew, M.H. 1997. Relative effects of herbivory by sheep, rabbits, goats, and kangaroos on recruitment and regeneration of shrubs and trees in eastern South Australia. Journal of Applied Ecology 34: 903-914
• Tory, M.K., May, T.W., Keane, P.J. & Bennett, A.F. 1997. Mycophagy in small mammals: A comparison of the occurrence and diversity of hypogeal fungi in the diet of the long-nosed potoroo Potorous tridactylus and the bush rat Rattus fuscipes from southwestern Victoria, Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 460-470
• Towers, P.A., Shaw, G. & Renfree, M.B. 1986. Urogenital vasculature and local steroid concentrations in the uterine branch of the ovarian vein of the female tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 78: 37-47
• Traill, B.J. & Lill, A. 1997. Use of tree hollows by two sympatric gliding possums, the squirrel glider, Petaurus norfolcensis, and the sugar glider, P. breviceps. Australian Mammalogy 20: 79-88
• Trenery, M.P. & Werren, G.L. 1993. Possum assemblages in rainforest of Carbine uplands, NEQ, with special reference to Hemibelideus lemuroides. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34: 188
• Triggs, S.J. 1990. Population genetics of the brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) in southeastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 545-551
• Trouessart, E.-L. 1905. Catalogus Mammalium tam Viventium quam Fossilium. Quinquennale supplementum (1899–1904), Fasc. IV. Cetacea, Edentata, Marsupialia, Allotheria, Monotremata. pp. 753–873. Berolini : R. Friedlander & Sohn.
• Troughton, E. 1941. Furred Animals of Australia. Sydney : Angus & Robertson xxviii 374 pp. 25 pls.
• Troughton, E. le G. & Le Souef, A.S. 1929. A new species of ring-tailed phalanger (Ps. laniginosus group) from the Bunya Mountains, S.E. Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 17: 291-296 [28 Nov. 1929]
• Troy, S. & Coulson, G. 1993. Home range of the swamp wallaby, Wallabia bicolor. Wildlife Research 20: 571-577
• Tulsi, R.S. 1983. Architecture of the basal region of the subcommissural organ in the brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Cell and Tissue Research 232: 637-650
• Tulsi, R.S. 1983. Neural elements associated with the subcommissural organ of the brush tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Cell and Tissue Research 234: 335-350
• Turner, V. 1984. Banksia pollen as a source of protein in the diet of two Australian marsupials Cercartetus nanus and Tarsipes rostratus. Oikos 43: 53-61
• Turner, V. 1984. Eucalyptus pollen in the diet of the feathertail glider Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae). Australian Wildlife Research 11: 77-81
• Turner, V. & McKay, G.M. 1989. Burramyidae. pp. 652-664 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 1B 827 pp.
• Turner, V. & Ward, S.J. 1995. Eastern Pygmy-possum Cercartetus nanus. pp. 217-218 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1965. The female uro-genital system and reproduction of the marsupial Lagostrophus fasciatus. Australian Journal of Zoology 13: 255-267
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1968. Reproduction and post-natal development in the marsupial Bettongia lesueur (Quoy & Gaimard). Australian Journal of Zoology 16: 577-602
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 1984. Reproductive physiology of possums and gliders. pp. 79-87 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. 2005. Life of Marsupials. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing.
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H., Hinds, L.A., Horn, C.A. & Jenkin, G. 1983. Hormonal changes at oestrus, parturition and post-partum oestrus in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Endocrinology 96: 155-161
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H., Hinds, L.A. & Horn, C.A. 1988. Fetal role in the control of parturition in the tammar, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 82: 419-428
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H., Stewart, F. & Hinds, L.A. 1984. Some factors in the initiation and control of lactation in the tammar wallaby. pp. 389-401 in Peaker, N.S., Vernon, R.G. & Knight, C.H. (eds). Physiological Strategies in Lactation. London : Academic Press 432 pp.
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. & Hearn, J.P. 1981. Pituitary and ovarian factors associated with seasonal quiescence of the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 63: 225-230
• Tyndale-Biscoe, C.H. & Hinds, L.A. 1991. Rapid response to photoperiod change in a short day breeder, the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. pp. 225-234 in Foldes, A. & Reiter, R.J. (eds). Advances in pineal research. Volume 6. London : John Libbey.
• Ullmann, S.L. 1993. Differentiation of the gonads and initiation of mammary gland and scrotum development in the brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia). Anatomy and Embryology 187: 475-484
• Ullmann, S.L. & Brown, R. 1983. Further observations on the potoroo (Potorous tridactylus) in captivity. Laboratory Animals 17: 133-137
• Van der Ree, R. 2002. The population ecology of the squirrel glider Petaurus norfolcensis, within a network of remnant linear habitats. Wildlife Research 29: 329-340
• Van Dyck, Gynther, I. & Baker, A. 2013. Field companion to the Mammals of Australia. New Holland Publishers 573 pp.
• van Dyck, S. 1990. Belideus gracilis - soaring problem for an old De Vis glider. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 28: 223-245
• van Dyck, S. & Strahan, R. 2008. The Mammals of Australia. Third Edition. Sydney : Reed New Holland 887 pp.
• Van Dyck, S.M. 1995. Mahogany Glider Petaurus gracilis. pp. 232-233 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Van Dyck, S.M. 1995. Striped Possum Dactylopsila trivirgata. pp. 222-223 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• van Tets, I.G. 1998. Can flower-feeding marsupials meet their nitrogen requirements on pollen in the field? Australian Mammalogy 20: 383-390
• van Tets, I.G. & Whelan, R.J. 1997. Banksia pollen in the diet of Australian mammals. Ecography 20: 499-505
• Vernes, K. 1995. The diet of the red-legged pademelon Thylogale stigmatica (Gould) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in fragmented tropical rain-forest, north Queensland, Australia. Mammalia 59: 517-525
• Vernes, K., Marsh, H. & Winter, J. 1995. Home-range characteristics and movement patterns of the red-legged pademelon (Thylogale stigmatica) in a fragmented tropical rainforest. Wildlife Research 22: 699-708
• Vernes, K. & Pope, L.C. 2001. Stability of nest use, home range and movement of the northern bettong (Bettongia tropica) following moderate intensity fire in a tropical woodland, north-eastern Queensland. Wildlife Research 28: 141-150
• Viggers, K.L., Lindenmayer, D.B., Cunningham, R.B. & Donnelly, C.F. 1998. The effects of parasites on a wild population of the Mountain Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus caninus) in south-eastern Australia. International Journal for Parasitology 28: 747-755
• Viggers, K.L. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 1996. Variation in hematological and serum biochemical values of the mountain brushtail possum, Trichosurus caninus Ogilby (Marsupialia, Phalangeridae). Journal of Wildlife Diseases 32: 142-146
• Viggers, K.L. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 2004. A review of the biology of the short-eared possum Trichosurus caninus and the mountain brushtail possum Trichosurus cunninghami. pp. 490-505 in Goldingay, R.L. & Jackson, S.M. (eds). The Biology of Australian Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons.
• Viggers, K.L. & Lindenmyer, D.B. 1995. The use of tiletamine hydrochloride and zolazepam hydrochloride for sedation of the mountain brushtail possum, Trichosurus caninus Ogilby (Phalangeridae, Marsupialia). Australian Veterinary Journal 72: 215-216
• Viggers, K.L. & Spratt, D.M. 1995. The parasites recorded from Trichosurus species (Marsupialia, Phalangeridae). Wildlife Research 22: 311-332
• Wagner, J.A. 1841. Bericht über die Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der Säugethiere während der beiden Jahre 1839 und 1840. Weigmann, Archiv. für Nat. Jahrg. 58 pp.
• Wagner, J.A. 1842. in Schreber, J.C.D. von (1774–1855) Die Säugethiere, in Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen. Fortgesetzt von A. Goldfuss Supplementband von J.A. Wagner. Suppl. 3 hft 109–110. Erlangen : Voss.
• Wagner, J.A. 1842. in Schreber, J.C.D. von (1774–1855) Die Säugethiere, in Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen. Fortgesetzt von A. Goldfuss Supplementband von J.A. Wagner. Suppl. 3 hft 111–112. Erlangen : Voss.
• Wagner, J.A. 1855. Schreber's die Säugethiere, in Addildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen. Fortgesetzt von A. Goldfuss. Supplementband von J.A. Wagner. Suppl. 5.
• Wahunga, G.M., Catterall, C.P. & Olsen, M.F. 2001. Predator avoidance, feeding and habitat use in the red-necked pademelon, Thylogale thetis, at the rainforest edges. Australian Journal of Zoology 49: 45-58
• Waite, E.R. 1899. Description of a ring-tailed possum regarded as a variety of Pseudochirus herbertensis, Collett. Records of the Australian Museum 3: 91-93 [17 Apr. 1899]
• Wakefield, N.A. 1963. The Australian pigmy-possums. Victorian Naturalist 80: 99-116 [8 Aug. 1963]
• Wakefield, N.A. 1967. Some taxonomic revision in the Australian marsupial genus Bettongia (Macropodidae), with description of a new species. Victorian Naturalist 84: 8-22 3 pls 1 map
• Walker, D.M. 1986. The nutrition of pouch-young marsupials. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of Australia 11: 24-31
• Walker, M.T. & Gemmell, R.T. 1983. Organogenesis of the pituitary, adrenal and lung at birth in the wallaby, Macropus rufogriseus. American Journal of Anatomy 168: 331-344
• Walker, M.T. & Rose, R. 1981. Prenatal development after diapause in the marsupial Macropus rufogriseus. Australian Journal of Zoology 29: 167-187
• Wallis, I.R., Green, B. & Newgrain, K. 1997. Seasonal field energetics and water fluxes of the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridacylus) in southern Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 1-11
• Wallis, I.R., Jarman, P.J., Johnson, B.E. & Liddle, R.W. 1989. Nest sites and use of nests by rufous bettongs Aepyprymnus rufescens. pp. 619-623 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, Wallabies and Rat-Kangaroos. Sydney : Australian Mammal Society and Surrey Beatty 835 pp.
• Wallis, I.R. & Green, B. 1992. Seasonal field energetics of the rufous rat-kangaroo (Aepyprymnus rufescens). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 279-290
• Wann, J.M. & Bell, D.T. 1997. Dietary preferences of the black gloved wallaby (Macropus irma) and the western grey kangaroo (M. fuliginosus) in Whiteman Park, Perth, Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 80: 55-62
• Warburton, B. & Sadlier, R.M.F. 1990. Bennett's wallaby Macropus rufogriseus (Desmarest, 1817). pp. 44-51 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Warburton, B. & Sadlier, R.M.F. 1990. Black-striped wallaby Macropus dorsalis (Gray, 1837). 57 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Warburton, B. & Sadlier, R.M.F. 1990. Brushtailed rock wallaby Petrogale penicillata penicillata Griffith, 1827. pp. 58-64 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Warburton, B. & Sadlier, R.M.F. 1990. Dama wallaby Macropus eugenii (Desmarest, 1817). pp. 35-44 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Warburton, B. & Sadlier, R.M.F. 1990. Parma wallaby Macropus parma Waterhouse, 1845. pp. 51-57 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Warburton, B. & Sadlier, R.M.F. 1990. Swamp wallaby Wallabia bicolor (Desmarest, 1804). pp. 64-67 in King, C.M. (ed.). The Handbook of New Zealand Mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.
• Ward, G.D. 1984. Comparison of trap- and radio-revealed home ranges of the brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in New Zealand lowland forest. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 11: 85-92
• Ward, M.J., Urban, R., Read, J.L., Dent, A., Partridge, T., Clarke, A. & Van Weenen, J. 2011. Status of warru (Petrogale lateralis MacDonnell Ranges race) in the Anangu Pitjantjatjara Yankunytjatjara Lands of South Australia. 1. Distribution and decline. Australian Mammalogy 33: 135-141
• Ward, S.J. 1990. Life history of the eastern pygmy-possum, Cercartetus nanus (Burramyidae: Marsupialia) in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 287-304
• Ward, S.J. 1990. Life history of the feathertail glider, Acrobates pygmaeus (Acrobatidae: Marsupialia) in southeastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 503-517
• Ward, S.J. 1990. Life history of the western pygmy-possum, Cercartetus concinnus (Marsupialia: Burramyidae), with notes on reproduction of some other small possum species. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 423-438
• Ward, S.J. 1992. Life history of the little pygmy-possum, Cercartetus lepidus (Marsupialia: Burrymidae), in the Big Desert, Victoria. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 43-55
• Ward, S.J. 2000. The efficiency of nestboxes versus spotlighting for detecting feathertail gliders. Wildlife Research 27: 75-79
• Ward, S.J. & Renfree, M.B. 1988. Reproduction in females of the feathertail glider Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia). Journal of Zoology, London 216: 225-239
• Ward, S.J. & Renfree, M.B. 1988. Reproduction in males of the feathertail glider Acrobates pygmaeus (Marsupialia). Journal of Zoology, London 216: 241-251
• Warren, G.L. 1993. Conservation strategies for rare and threatened vertebrates of Australia's wet tropics region. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34: 229-241
• Waterhouse, F.G. 1876. The fauna of South Australia. pp. 281-296 in Harcus, W. (ed.). South Australia: Its History, Resources and Productions. London : Sampson, Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington.
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1838. Catalogue of the Mammalia Preserved in the Museum of the Zoological Society of London. London : The Zoological Society of London 68 pp.
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1838. Description of a new species of kangaroo (Macropus bennetti) and a mouse (Mus subspinosus) from the Cape of Good Hope. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1837: 103-105 [Date published 25 May 1838: publication date established from Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society's 'Proceedings' from 1831 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 [437]]
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1838. Observations on certain modifications observed in the dentition of the flying opossums (of the genus Petaurus of authors). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 6: 149-156 [May 1839]
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1841. The natural history of Marsupialia or pouched animals. In, Jardine, W. (ed.). The Naturalist's Library. Mammalia. Edinburgh & London : W.H. Lizars & H.G. Bohn Vol. 11 xvi 323 pp. [Date published Aug. 1841] [numbered Vol. 30 in The Naturalist's Library in order of issue]
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1842. On two new species of marsupial animals from South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 47-48
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1845. A Natural History of the Mammalia. Vol. 1, containing the Order Marsupiata or pouched animals. London : Baillière 553 pp. 20 pls. [publication date established from plates in this work; these are all dated 1845 for the Macropodidae]
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1846. A Natural History of the Mammalia. Vol. 1, containing the order Marsupiata or pouched animals with 22 illustrations engraved on steel, and 18 engravings on wood. London : Baillière.
• Waterhouse, G.R. 1846. A Natural History of the Mammalia.Volume 1, containing the order Marsupiata, or pouched animals. London : Baillière 553 pp. 20 pls.
• Watson, D.M. 1993. The play associations of red-necked wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus) and relation to other social contexts. Ethology 94: 1-20
• Watson, D.M., Croft, D.B. & Crozier, R.H. 1992. Paternity exclusion and dominance in captive red-necked wallabies, Macropus rufogriseus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 15: 31-36
• Watson, D.M. & Croft, D.B. 1993. Playfighting in captive red-necked wallabies, (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus). Behaviour 126: 219-245
• Watson, D.M. & Croft, D.B. 1996. Age-related differences in playfighting strategies of captive male red-necked wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus banksianus). Ethology 102: 336-346
• Watson, D.M. & Dawson, T.J. 1993. The effects of age, sex, reproductive status and temporal factors on the time-use of free-ranging red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) in western New South Wales. Wildlife Research 20: 785-801
• Wayne, A.F., Cowling, D.B., Lindenmayer, D.B., Ward, C.G., Vellios, C.V, Donnelly, C.F. & Calver, M.C. 2005. The abundance of a threatened arboreal marsupial in relation to anthropogenic disturbances at local and landscape scales in Mediterranean type forest in south-west Australia. Biological Conservation 127: 463-476
• Weir, A., McLeod, J. & Adams, C.E. 1995. The winter diet and parasitic fauna of a population of red-necked wallabies Macropus rufogriseus recently introduced to Scotland. Mammal Review 25: 111-116
• Welsh, A.H., Lindenmayer, D.B., Donnelly, C.F. & Ruckstahl, A. 1998. Use of nest trees by the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) (Phalangeridae: Marsupialia). IV. Transitions between den trees. Wildlife Research 25: 611-626
• White, J. 1790. Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales with sixty-five plates of non descript animals, birds, lizards, serpents, curious cones of trees and other natural productions. London : J. Debrett xviii 299 pp. [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
• Wilhelm, P. & Ganslosser, U. 1989. Sequential organisation of social behaviour in captive adult and juvenile Macropus rufus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammalogy 12: 5-14
• Wilkes, G.E. & Janssens, P.A. 1986. Development of urine concentrating ability in pouch young of a marsupial, the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 156: 573-582
• Wilkes, G.E. & Janssens, P.A. 1986. Physiological and metabolic changes associated with weaning in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 156: 829-837
• Williams, C.K. & Turnbull, H.L. 1983. Variations in seasonal nutrition, thermoregulation and water balance in two New Zealand populations of the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Phalangeridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 333-343
• Williams, S.E., Bolitho, E.E. & Fox, S. 2003. Climate change in Australian tropical rainforests: an impending environmental catastrophe. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London (B) 270: 1887-1892
• Wilson, G.R., Gerritsen, J. & Milthorpe, P.L. 1976. The yellow-footed rock-wallaby Petrogale xanthopus (Macropodidae), in western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 73-78
• Wilson, R.F., Marsh, H. & Winter, J. 2007. Importance of canopy connectivity for home range and movements of the rainforest arboreal ringtail possum (Hemibelideus lemuroides). Wildlife Research 34: 177-184
• Wilson, S. 1985. Captive colony of bridled nailtail wallabies (Onychogalea fraenata). Thylacinus, Journal of the Australian Society of Zookeepers 10: 14
• Wilson, S.C. & Whelan, R.J. 1993. Prey camouflage in the sugar glider and predatory response by the variable goshawk. pp. 337-343 in Olsen, P. (ed.). Australian raptor studies. Moonee Ponds : Australasian Raptor Association, R.A.O.U. 344 pp.
• Winkel, P. 1997. The Ecology and Management of the Proserpine Rock-wallaby Petrogale persephone. Brisbane. Report to the Queensland Department of Environmet and Heritage. pp.
• Winter, J. 1991. Mammals. pp. 43-54 in Nix, H.A. & Switzer, M.A. (eds). Rainforest Animals: Atlas of vertebrates endemic to Australia's wet tropics. Canberra : Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service 111 pp. [Kowari]
• Winter, J.W. 1984. Conservation studies of tropical rainforest possums. pp. 469-481 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Winter, J.W. & Atherton, R.G. 1984. Social group size in north Queensland ringtail possums of the genera Pseudocheirus and Hemibelideus. pp. 311-319 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons, Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
• Winter, J.W. & Goudberg, N.J. 1995. Green Ringtail Possum Pseudochirops archeri. pp. 244-246 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Winter, J.W. & Goudberg, N.J. 1995. Herbert River Ringtail Possum Pseudochirulus herbertensis. pp. 250-252 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Winter, J.W. & Goudberg, N.J. 1995. Lemuroid Ringtail Possum Hemibelideus lemuroides. pp. 238-239 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Winter, J.W. & Johnson, P.M. 1995. Northern Bettong Bettongia tropica. pp. 294-295 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Winter, J.W. & Leung, L.K-P. 1995. Common Spotted Cuscus Spilocuscus maculatus. pp. 266-268 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Withers, P.C., Richardson, K.C. & Wooller, K.D. 1990. Metabolic physiology of euthermic and torpid honey possums, Tarsipes rostratus. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 685-693
• Wodzicki, K.& Flux, J.E.C. 1967. Rediscovery of the white-throated wallaby, Macropus parma Waterhouse 1846, on Kawau Island, New Zealand. Australian Journal of Science 29: 429-430
• Woinarski, J.C.Z., Burbidge, A.A. & Harrison, P.L. 2014. The Action Plan for Australian Mammals 2012. Melbourne, Victoria : CSIRO Publishing 1038 pp.
• Woo, G.C. & Sivak, J.G. 1985. The refractive state of the eye of the kangaroos Macropus giganteus and M. rufus. Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 313-315
• Wood, J.T., Poole, W.E. & Carpenter, S.M. 1983. Validation of aging keys for eastern grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 213-217
• Wood, M.S. & Wallis, R.L. 1998. Potential competition for nest sites between feral European honeybees (Apis melifera) and common brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Australian Mammalogy 20: 377-381
• Woodside, D.P. 1995. Feathertail glider Acrobates pygmaeus. pp. 262-264 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia: The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland 756 pp.
• Woolhouse, A.D., Weston, R.J. & Hamilton, B.H. 1994. Analysis of secretions from scent-producing glands of brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr). Journal of Chemical Ecology 20: 239-254
• Wooller, R.D. 1984. Reproduction in Antechinomys laniger ('spenceri' form) (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae): field and laboratory investigations. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 481-489
• Wooller, R.D., Renfree, M.B., Russell, E.M., Dunning, A., Green, S.W. & Duncan, P. 1981. Seasonal changes in a population of the nectar-feeding marsupial Tarsipes spencerae (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae). Journal of Zoology, London 195: 267-279
• Wooller, R.D., Richardson, K.C. & Collins, B.G. 1993. The relationship between nectar supply and the rate of capture of a nectar-dependent small marsupial Tarsipes rostratus. Journal of Zoology, London 229: 651-658
• Wooller, R.D., Russell, E.M., Renfree, M.B. & Towers, P.A. 1983. A comparison of seasonal changes in the pollen loads of nectarivorous marsupials (Tarsipes) and birds (honeyeaters). Australian Wildlife Research 10: 311-317
• Yalden, D.W. 1988. Feral wallabies in the Peak District, 1971–1985. Journal of Zoology, London 215: 369-374
• Yom-Tov, Y., Green, W.Q. & Coleman, J.D. 1986. Morphological trends in the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula, in New Zealand. Journal of Zoology, London A 208: 583-593
• Ziegler, A.C. 1977. Evolution of New Guinea's marsupial fauna in response to a forested environment. pp. 117-138 in Stonehouse, B. & Gilmore, D. (eds). The Biology of Marsupials. London : Macmillan.